AUTHORISZOR INC
S-1, 2000-03-20
PREPACKAGED SOFTWARE
Previous: NABISCO GROUP HOLDINGS CORP, 8-A12B, 2000-03-20
Next: MIGRATEC INC, 8-K, 2000-03-20



<PAGE>
    AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON MARCH 20, 2000.

                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                           --------------------------

                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                           --------------------------

                                AUTHORISZOR INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

<TABLE>
<S>                                <C>                                <C>
            DELAWARE                             7372                            75-2661571
    (State or jurisdiction of        (Primary Standard Industrial             (I.R.S. Employer
 incorporation or organization)       Classification Code Number)            Identification No.)
</TABLE>

                                AUTHORISZOR INC.
                                 1 JUSTIN ROAD
                        NATICK, MASSACHUSETTS 01760-5565
                                 (508) 650-3916
    (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                  of registrant's principal executive offices)

                            MR. RICHARD A. LANGEVIN,
                     CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND PRESIDENT
                                AUTHORISZOR INC.
                                 1 JUSTIN ROAD
                        NATICK, MASSACHUSETTS 01760-5565
                                 (508) 650-3916
           (Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)
                           --------------------------

                                   Copies to:

<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
            MARK WIGDER, ESQ.                            BRIAN M. MCCALL, ESQ.
          JENKENS & GILCHRIST,                          DECHERT PRICE & RHOADS
       A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION                          2 SERJEANT'S INN
      1445 ROSS AVENUE, SUITE 3200                          LONDON EC4Y 1LT
           DALLAS, TEXAS 75202                                  ENGLAND
             (214) 855-4500                               011 44 207 583 5353
</TABLE>

    APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:  As soon as
practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

    If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act,
check the following box.  /X/

    If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and
list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering.  / /
- ----------------

    If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the
Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering.  / /
- ----------------

    If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the
Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering.  / /
- ----------------

    If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
check the following box.  / /
- ----------------
                           --------------------------

                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  PROPOSED MAXIMUM     PROPOSED MAXIMUM
          TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF               AMOUNT TO BE        OFFERING PRICE         AGGREGATE            AMOUNT OF
          SECURITIES REGISTERED                 REGISTERED        PER SECURITY(1)     OFFERING PRICE(1)     REGISTRATION FEE
<S>                                        <C>                  <C>                  <C>                  <C>
Common Stock, $.01 par value..............   2,827,273 shares          $25.75             72,802,279            $19,220
</TABLE>

(1) Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee pursuant
    to Rule 457(c) and based upon the average of the high and low prices
    reported on the OTC Bulletin Board on March 15, 2000.

    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID
SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                  SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MARCH 20, 2000
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES
EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS

                                2,827,273 SHARES

                                AUTHORISZOR INC.

                                  COMMON STOCK

                               ------------------

    This prospectus relates to 2,827,273 shares of our common stock that may be
offered and sold from time to time by certain of our stockholders.

    Our common stock is quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board under the symbol
"AUOR." We made application for quotation of our common stock on the NASDAQ
National Market System under the symbol "AUTH." On March 15, 2000, the last
reported sale price of our common stock was $26.50 per share.

    The shares may be sold from time to time by the selling stockholders. Such
sales may be made:

    - directly;

    - through agents designated from time to time;

    - through dealers and underwriters also to be designated;

    - on the OTC Bulletin Board or the NASDAQ National Market System, if our
      shares become listed on NASDAQ; or

    - otherwise at prices and at terms then prevailing or at prices related to
      the then current market price or in negotiated transactions, which may
      include the pledge or hypothecation of some or all of the shares of common
      stock.

To the extent required by law, the specific shares of common stock to be sold,
name of the selling stockholder, or the pledgee of such selling stockholder, as
the case may be, public offering price, the names of any such agents, dealers or
underwriters, and any applicable commission or discount with respect to a
particular offer will be set forth in an accompanying prospectus supplement.

    We will receive none of the proceeds from the sale of the common stock
offered in this prospectus. All expenses of registration incurred in connection
with this offering are being borne by us. All selling and other expenses
incurred by the selling stockholders will be borne by the selling stockholders.

    FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN RISKS OF AN INVESTMENT IN THE SHARES OF COMMON
STOCK, SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 4 OF THIS PROSPECTUS.

    NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES
COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR PASSED UPON THE
ADEQUACY OR ACCURACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

                            ------------------------

               The date of this Prospectus is             , 2000.
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

    BECAUSE THIS IS ONLY A SUMMARY, IT DOES NOT CONTAIN ALL THE INFORMATION THAT
MAY BE IMPORTANT TO YOU. YOU SHOULD READ THE ENTIRE PROSPECTUS BEFORE DECIDING
TO INVEST IN SHARES OF OUR COMMON STOCK.

OUR BUSINESS

    We provide a patent-pending security solution which secures corporate
Web-related information while enabling businesses to provide secure access to
their corporate Website and applications and to conduct secure communications
over computer networks and the Internet. Our product suite and processes enable
a corporation to provide secure access to the information on its Web server to
its customers, suppliers, employees and public visitors from the Internet,
according to their pre-determined security profile.

    We believe our solution to be innovatively different from other security
solutions available today. Our solution provides security by securing a
customer's Website, corporate information assets and contents off-line, making
this information completely inaccessible, except through the customer's Web
server. This process eliminates any direct contact between the person requesting
information and the corporate information assets.

    The benefit of our product suite is that it has been designed to provide an
added dimension of security to existing security products, such as:

    - firewalls;

    - virtual private networks;

    - encryptions;

    - security tokens;

    - smart cards; and

    - biometrics.

    Our customer investments in these other security technologies can be
preserved and combined with our product suite.

    Our executive offices are located at 1 Justin Road, Natick, Massachusetts
01760-5564. Our telephone number is (508) 650-3916 and our Website address is
http://www.authoriszor.com. The information contained on our Website is not
incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

                                  THE OFFERING

    This prospectus relates to 2,827,273 shares of common stock that may be
offered and sold from time to time by selling stockholders. We will not receive
any of the proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling
stockholders. The selling stockholders purchased the shares offered by this
prospectus from us in offerings exempt from the registration requirements of
U.S. federal securities laws.

                                       2
<PAGE>
                 SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

    The following selected consolidated financial data are derived from the
financial statements of the Company, which have been audited by Grant Thornton,
independent chartered accountants. The selected consolidated statement of
operations for the six month periods ended December 31, 1999 and 1998 are
unaudited but, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments (consisting
of normal recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair presentation of the
information included therein. The financial data for the Company should be read
in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto and
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations, included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The results for the six month
period ended December 31, 1999 are not necessarily indicative of results that
may be expected for the full year.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              JANUARY 15,
                                 1997
                               (DATE OF
                              INCEPTION)           YEAR ENDED               SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                  TO                JUNE 30,                  DECEMBER 31,
                               JUNE 30,     -------------------------   -------------------------
                                 1997          1998          1999          1998          1999
                              -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                                                        (UNAUDITED)   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Statement of operations
  data:
  Net sales.................  $     3,290   $        --   $    33,711   $    32,682   $        --
  Operating loss............       (5,283)      (23,821)      (49,631)      (11,800)   (1,624,177)
  Other expense, net........           --            --            --            --       (90,643)
  Net loss..................       (5,283)      (23,821)      (49,631)      (11,800)   (1,714,820)
  Loss per common share--
    basic and diluted.......        (0.00)        (0.00)        (0.00)        (0.00)        (0.12)
  Weighted average shares
    outstanding--basic and
    diluted.................   13,765,808    13,765,808    13,765,808    13,765,808    13,844,311
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        JUNE 30,
                                             ------------------------------   DECEMBER 31,
                                               1997       1998       1999         1999
                                             --------   --------   --------   ------------
                                                                              (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                          <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Balance sheet data:
  Current assets...........................  $ 4,855    $  1,049   $  3,196    $  476,774
  Current liabilities......................   10,815      34,730    100,760       183,874
  Total assets.............................    5,473       5,524     24,790     2,585,952
  Stockholders' equity (deficit)...........   (5,342)    (29,506)   (75,880)    2,402,078
</TABLE>

                                       3
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS

    YOU SHOULD CONSIDER CAREFULLY THE FOLLOWING RISKS BEFORE MAKING A DECISION
TO BUY OUR COMMON STOCK. IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING RISKS ACTUALLY OCCUR, OUR
BUSINESS, FINANCIAL CONDITION OR RESULTS OF OPERATIONS WOULD LIKELY SUFFER. IN
SUCH CASE, THE TRADING PRICE OF OUR COMMON STOCK COULD DECLINE, AND YOU MAY LOSE
ALL OR PART OF THE MONEY YOU PAID TO BUY OUR COMMON STOCK. THE RISK FACTORS
BELOW DO NOT NECESSARILY APPEAR IN ORDER OF IMPORTANCE. THE RISKS AND
UNCERTAINTIES DESCRIBED BELOW ARE NOT THE ONLY ONES WE FACE. ADDITIONAL RISKS
AND UNCERTAINTIES NOT PRESENTLY KNOWN TO US MAY ALSO IMPAIR OUR BUSINESS
OPERATIONS.

WE HAVE A HISTORY OF LOSSES AND NEGATIVE CASH FLOW AND ANTICIPATE CONTINUED
LOSSES.

    Since our formation, we have incurred operating losses and negative cash
flow. As of December 31, 1999, we had an accumulated deficit of approximately
$1,793,555. We also have experienced net losses during our entire history prior
to entering the Internet security business. We anticipate that our business will
generate operating losses for the foreseeable future until we are successful in
generating significant additional revenues to support our level of operating
expenses. We cannot assure you that we will ever achieve or sustain
profitability or that our operating losses will not increase in the future. If
we do achieve profitability, we cannot be certain that we can sustain or
increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis in the future. To the
extent we are unable to achieve profitability in the future, our business,
prospects, financial conditions and results of operations will suffer.

WE EXPECT OUR QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS TO FLUCTUATE.

    We anticipate that our quarterly operating results will vary according to
several factors, any of which could have an adverse effect on sales. We are a
start-up operation in an immature market. Our revenues will initially tend to
take the form of pilot projects with large organizations leading to full
acceptance only on proof of our technology. This may tend to lead to an uneven
revenue stream. This trend may potentially also be exacerbated by long sales
lead times resulting in delays in receiving revenues.

    We will operate with low backlog levels for product license sales.
Consequently, the volume of orders in a given quarter will have a significant
impact on the revenues for that quarter. Since our expense levels are based on
projected revenue expectations, if our backlog levels fall below those
expectations, then losses may increase.

WE ANTICIPATE A POTENTIAL DECLINE IN MARGINS IN OUR MARKET.

    As the network management and security market matures, we anticipate that
there will be a move towards packaging of multiple functional elements at "less
than the sum of the parts" pricing. We believe that we will not experience a
decline in earnings if we can achieve our market share objectives in the early
market phase and can move towards a higher level of service based revenue
streams as margins decline. Failure to achieve these two objectives would have
serious, long term consequences for our profitability, if any, and our share
price.

RAPIDLY CHANGING TECHNOLOGIES MAY RENDER OUR PRODUCT SUITE OBSOLETE OR
  UNMARKETABLE.

    The network management and security market is subject to rapid technological
change and innovation. Customer requirements are also subject to significant
short-term changes. As a result, we must continuously adapt and improve our
product suite in response to changes in operating systems, application software,
computer and communications hardware, network software, programming tools and
computer language technology. The introduction of products embodying new
technologies and the emergence of new industry standards may render some or all
of our existing products obsolete or unmarketable.

    In particular, the market for Internet, Intranet and Extranet applications
is very new and is evolving rapidly. Our operating results will depend upon our
ability to remain abreast of these advances. We cannot

                                       4
<PAGE>
assure you that we will be successful in developing new products or product
enhancements that respond to technological changes and evolving industry
standards. We also cannot be certain that we will not experience difficulties
that could delay or prevent successful development, introduction or marketing of
these products, or that the new products will adequately meet the developing
needs of the market and achieve market acceptance. If we do not respond
adequately to the need for developing and introducing new products or
enhancements to our existing products in a timely manner in response to changing
market conditions or customer requirements, our business, operating results and
financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

OUR PACKAGE OF SOFTWARE MAY NOT BE ACCEPTED AS A PROPRIETARY STANDARD.

    Our future success will depend in part on the adoption of our software
package as a proprietary standard by potential customers. This adoption may be
jeopardized by a public perception that the use of client-side software results
in a loss of flexibility and ease of access to software systems. Our view is
that our package of software is a valuable tool for assuring and enhancing tight
and continuing security, and that other commonly used Internet capabilities
require the use of client software. In order to utilize our package of software
to attain information security at a high level of confidentiality and integrity,
we must persuade customers either to adopt our package of software as a
proprietary standard or that our product suite will significantly facilitate
migration to a more secure environment. If we do not achieve either of these
objectives, then our business, operating results and financial condition could
be materially adversely affected.

WE FACE STRONG COMPETITION, ESPECIALLY IN NORTH AMERICA.

    We face strong competition, particularly in North America where the majority
of our competitors are based. We expect our revenue to be derived from sales of
software security products, systems integration, consulting and support
services, and sales of hardware and other products. We face and expect to
continue to face competition in each of these market areas from various existing
and emerging information security providers. Many of these companies have
greater name recognition, longer operating histories, larger customer bases and
significantly greater financial, marketing, sales and other resources. We
generally do not seek exclusive relationships with our business and technology
partners; these partners may also compete with us from time to time. We expect
to face increasing competitive pressures from our current competitors and new
market entrants.

WE CANNOT ACCURATELY PREDICT THE SIZE OF OUR MARKET, AND IF OUR MARKET IS NOT AS
LARGE AS WE EXPECT, OUR BUSINESS PROSPECTS WILL SUFFER.

    The markets for our product suite is rapidly evolving and we cannot assure
you that the Internet or common public protocols will continue to be used to
facilitate communications or that the market for network management and security
systems will continue to expand. Continued growth of this market will depend, in
large part, upon the continued expansion of Internet usage and the number of
organizations adopting or expanding intranets and upon the ability of their
respective infrastructures or complementary products and services to be
developed in a timely manner. Consequently, if the network management, security,
Internet and intranet markets fail to grow at the rate that we anticipate, then
our future business, operating results and financial condition could be
materially adversely affected.

OUR SUCCESS DEPENDS ON OUR ABILITY TO PROTECT OUR PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY.

    We rely on a combination of copyright, trademark, service mark and trade
secret laws, confidentiality procedures, and contractual restrictions to
establish and protect the proprietary rights in our software and services.
However, we will not be able to protect our intellectual property if we are
unable to enforce our rights or if we do not detect unauthorized use of our
intellectual property. In addition, these legal protections only provide us with
limited protection. If we litigate to enforce our rights, it would be

                                       5
<PAGE>
expensive, divert management resources and may not be adequate to protect our
business. Our inability to protect our proprietary technology could have a
material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and
results of operations.

    We may not have adequate remedies for infringement by others of our product
suite. We have five patent applications pending in the U.S. for our Authoriszor
product suite and we believe that such products may be patentable in the United
States. However, because patent applications in the US are confidential, we
cannot rule out the existence of earlier-filed patent applications for
technology similar or identical to our product suite, or the possibility that
another party may first secure patent protection in substantially similar
technology. Therefore, we cannot guarantee that our patent applications will be
successful. We have not yet sought patent protection in the UK. We may attempt
to extend any successful U.S. applications into the UK and other countries
through the Paris Convention and the Patent Cooperation treaties; however,
patent applications for software are more difficult to obtain in some countries
outside the U.S. Even where patent protection is obtained we cannot guarantee
that third parties will not oppose or otherwise challenge the patents granted.
If we do not succeed in securing patents in the US, UK and other territories, or
if any granted patent is successfully challenged, we may not be able to prevent
the marketing of products similar to ours based on the underlying technology by
other persons in that territory.

    We cannot assure you that others will not develop technologies that are
similar or superior to our technology. Despite our efforts to protect our
proprietary rights, unauthorized uses of our product suite will be difficult to
prevent, and although we are unable to predict the extent to which piracy of our
software products may occur, software piracy can be expected to be a persistent
problem. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries may not protect our
proprietary rights as fully as do the laws of the US and the UK. We also cannot
assure you that our competitors will not independently develop similar
technology.

    We may rely on technology that we license from third parties, including
software that is integrated with and into our product suite and which is
critical to the functionality of our product suite. Should we lose the right to
incorporate such software into our product suite, we would be required to seek
substitute software products, the lack of which or the use of which could
negatively affect the functionality and viability of our product suite.

    We cannot assure you that third parties will not claim infringement by us
with respect to current or future products. We expect that software companies
will increasingly be subject to infringement claims as the number of products
and competitors in our industry segment grows and the functionality of products
in different industry segments overlaps. Responding to such claims, regardless
of merit, could be time consuming, result in costly litigation, cause product
shipment delays or require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements.
Such royalty or licensing agreements, if required, may not be available on terms
acceptable to us or at all, which could have a material adverse effect upon our
business, operating results and financial condition.

    We do not have registered trademark protection for all logos we use. We do
not have trademarks for any of the Authoriszor brand names/logos in the US. We
cannot guarantee that any trademark application for the Authoriszor brand
names/logos will be approved by the relevant governmental authority. Even if
appropriate applications were made and approved, third parties may oppose or
otherwise challenge such applications or registrations. Failure to obtain
trademark registrations in the territories in which we intend to market our
business could limit our ability to use the brand names/logos in those
territories. While we are not aware of any encumbrances in our ownership of, or
that any third parties are infringing upon our intellectual property rights and
we do not believe that the Authoriszor product suite infringes upon any third
party rights, the developers of the product gave no warranties of no third party
infringement when they transferred the intellectual property to us.

                                       6
<PAGE>
OUR SUCCESS DEPENDS ON RETAINING OUR CURRENT KEY PERSONNEL AND ATTRACTING
ADDITIONAL PERSONNEL, PARTICULARLY IN THE AREAS OF SALES AND DISTRIBUTION,
CLIENT SUPPORT AND TECHNICAL SERVICES.

    Our success will depend largely on the continuing efforts of our executive
officers and senior management, especially those of Richard A. Langevin, our
President and Chief Executive Officer, and James L. Jackson, David Wray and
David Blanchfield, the developers of our product suite. We have entered into
employment contracts with each of these individuals. Our business may be
adversely affected if the services of these officers or any of our other key
personnel become unavailable to us.

    We intend to increase our sales and distribution and administrative staff in
the UK and to build sales and distribution and administrative infrastructures in
the U.S. If we fail to attract and retain qualified personnel to staff these
positions, particularly in the U.S. where no staff currently exists, our
business and prospects will likely be adversely affected.

    We are currently expanding our technical services staff and will need to
increase our staff further to support expected new clients. The initiation of
new clients, the integration of our security solutions and ongoing client
support can be complex. Accordingly, we need highly trained client support,
technical personnel and outside consultants. Hiring client support and technical
personnel is very competitive in our industry due to the limited number of
people available with the necessary technical skills and understanding of our
software package. Our inability to attract, hire, train or retain the number of
highly qualified client support and technical services personnel that our
business needs, or the inability to hire qualified outside consultants to
perform these tasks, may cause our business and prospects to suffer.

OUR U.S. OPERATION MAY NOT BE SUCCESSFUL.

    We anticipate that the main market for our product suite will be the U.S. To
date, our operations have been based in the UK and we cannot assure you that our
planned U.S. operation will be successful. We plan to open a U.S. operational
office in the near future. We believe that our target market, the U.S., cannot
successfully be penetrated, either geographically or culturally, by a small
UK-based operation. Additionally, we believe that the presence of U.S.-based
employees in our U.S. headquarters operation is a basic requirement for
successful U.S. market penetration.

IF WE FAIL TO ACCESS OUR TARGET MARKET QUICKLY, WE MAY NOT BE AT A SIGNIFICANT
COMPETITIVE DISADVANTAGE AGAINST OUR COMPETITORS.

    A significant threat to the achievement of our marketing goals is any delay
in the time to market of our product suite. Currently, we have entered into only
one contract for the use of our product suite. We predict that delays in the
marketing program may result in an early lead being gained by one or more
companies that already supply Web security products. In that case,
differentiated positioning will become more important and we will need to be
more explicit in our marketing or the chance of market share gain will be
adversely affected. Our pricing policy will also suffer as a result of any
attempt to win market share and grow brand from a weaker position. If we fail to
achieve fast time to market in the U.S., our business, operating results and
financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

OUR PRODUCT SUITE MAY BE DEFECTIVE AND WE MAY FACE PRODUCT LIABILITY LAWS UITS.

    Our product suite will be used for network management and security functions
which may be critical to organizations and, as a result, the eventual sale and
support of products by us may entail the risk of product liability and related
claims. We intend to attempt to explicitly limit our liability in our contracts;
however, we cannot guarantee that contractual limitations on liability will
protect us from liability in any of the nations or states in which we do
business. We currently have no product liability insurance. A product liability
claim brought against us could have a materially adverse effect on our business,
operating results and financial condition.

                                       7
<PAGE>
    Software products as complex as those we offer may contain undetected errors
or failures when first introduced or when new versions are released and errors
or failures may also emerge, once any version has been in use for some time. In
particular, the personal computer hardware environment is characterized by a
wide variety of non-standard configurations that make pre-release testing for
programming or compatibility errors very difficult and time consuming. Despite
our testing we cannot assure you that errors could not result in adverse
publicity, loss or delay in market acceptance, or claims by customers against
us, any of which could have a material adverse effect upon our business,
operating results and financial condition.

WE HAVE A LIMITED OPERATING HISTORY IN THE AREA OF INTERNET AND NETWORK
  SECURITY.

    We have been engaged in our current Internet and network security business
since July 22, 1999. Our activities have primarily been in research and
development, and elements of our product suite are in an early stage of
development. We have a limited operating history in the Internet and network
security business upon which our performance and prospects can be evaluated. We
face risks frequently encountered by developing businesses. These risks include
our potential inability to compete with more established firms and to retain and
maintain key personnel, as well as uncertainty as to which areas we should
target for growth and expansion and as to the source of funding for operations
and expansion.

OUR SUCCESS DEPENDS ON THE CONTINUED GROWTH IN USE OF THE INTERNET.

    Rapid growth in the use of and interest in the Internet is a recent
phenomenon. We cannot assure you that acceptance and use of the Internet will
continue to develop or that a sufficient base of users will emerge to support
our business. Sales of our product suite will depend largely on the widespread
acceptance and increased use of the Internet as a source of information and as a
vehicle for commerce and business. If use of the Internet does not continue to
grow or grows more slowly than we expect, or if the Internet infrastructure does
not effectively support growth that may occur, our business will be adversely
affected.

    Due to the increasing popularity of the Internet, laws and regulations
applicable to Internet communications, commerce, advertising and direct
marketing are becoming more prevalent. The adoption or modification of such laws
or regulations could inhibit the growth of Internet use and decrease the
acceptance of the Internet as a communications and commercial medium, which
could decrease demand for our product suite and have a material adverse effect
on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

OUR ACQUISITIONS AND VENTURES MAY DISRUPT OR OTHERWISE HAVE A NEGATIVE IMPACT ON
  OUR BUSINESS.

    We intend to enter into new business opportunities and ventures to build
marketing and distribution capabilities. Typically, such opportunities require
extended negotiations and the investment of a substantial amount of capital and
will impress substantial burdens on our management personnel and our financial
and operational systems. We cannot assure you that such venture(s) or
acquisitions will be appropriately integrated or ever achieve or sustain
profitability.

WE FACE RISKS IN FOREIGN MARKETS.

    We own subsidiaries, conduct operations and market our product suite
internationally. Conducting business in most countries will require us to become
familiar with and to comply with foreign laws, rules, regulations and customs.
We have limited experience conducting foreign business and we cannot assure
investors that we will be successful. Moreover, our failure to comply with
foreign laws, rules and regulations of which we are not aware may harm the
development of our business. Further risks are inherent in international
operations, including the following:

    - differing levels of Internet use in other countries;

                                       8
<PAGE>
    - customers' agreements may be difficult to enforce and receivables
      difficult to collect through a foreign country's legal system;

    - foreign customers may have longer payment cycles;

    - foreign countries may tax our foreign income and tax rates in certain
      foreign countries may exceed those of the United States and foreign
      earnings may be subject to withholding requirements or the imposition of
      tariffs, exchange controls or other restrictions;

    - intellectual property rights may be more difficult to enforce in foreign
      countries;

    - fluctuations in exchange rates may affect product demand and may adversely
      affect the profitability in US dollars of products and services provided
      by us in foreign markets where payment for our product suite and services
      is made in the local currency;

    - general economic conditions in the countries in which we operate could
      have an adverse effect on our earnings from operations in those countries;

    - unexpected changes in foreign laws or regulatory requirements may occur,
      which could interfere with our business or operations;

    - compliance with a variety of foreign laws and regulations may prove
      difficult; and

    - an overlap of different tax structures may prove too complex to administer
      effectively,

    There can be no assurance that any of these factors will not have a material
adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

WE MAY INCUR SIGNIFICANT COSTS TO AVOID INVESTMENT COMPANY STATUS AND WE MAY
SUFFER ADVERSE CONSEQUENCES IF WE ARE DEEMED AN INVESTMENT COMPANY.

    Certain strategic equity positions taken by us and our subsidiaries in other
businesses may be considered "investment securities" under the Investment
Company Act of 1940, as amended. Generally, any company that owns investment
securities with a value exceeding 40% of its total assets, excluding cash items
and government securities is an "investment company" subject to registration
under, and compliance with, the Investment Company Act unless a particular
exemption or safe harbor applies. The value of investment securities held by us
may have exceeded the threshold under the 40% test on July 15, 1999 upon the
closing of the sale of Mineradora de Bauxita Ltda. to Minmet Plc and at times
since that date. Rule 3a-2 under the Investment Company Act, however, provides
that notwithstanding a company's ownership of investment securities with a value
in excess of 40% of its total assets, such a company will not be deemed an
investment company for a one-year period, provided that such company has a BONA
FIDE intent to be primarily engaged in a business other than that of investing
or trading in securities and this intent is evidenced by:

    - the Company's business activities; and

    - a resolution of its board of directors.

    Our Board has adopted such a resolution stating that we intend to be
primarily engaged in a business other than that of investing and trading in
securities. Our Board further directed us to reduce the percentage of our total
assets comprised of investment securities to below the 40% threshold before the
expiration of the one-year period under Rule 3a-2 which will occur as early as
June 30, 2000. We may accomplish this by selling investment securities or
increasing our other assets. As a result, we may be obligated to dispose of
assets sooner than we otherwise would at prices which could be lower than they
otherwise might be. Also, we will need the consent of Minmet Plc in order to
transfer the shares of Minmet Plc prior to January 6, 2001. We will also incur
tax liabilities in connection with any asset dispositions. In

                                       9
<PAGE>
addition, we may be forced to forego opportunities to purchase investment
securities and asset purchases and this may harm our business and results of
operations.

    If we fail to comply with the requirements of Rule 3a-2 or for any other
reason are deemed an investment company, we would be in violation of the
Investment Company Act and would be prohibited from engaging in business or
selling our securities and could be subject to civil and criminal actions for
doing so. In addition, our contracts would be voidable and a court could appoint
a receiver to take control of us and liquidate our business. Therefore, our
failure to comply with Rule 3a-2 and our classification as an investment company
for this or any other reasons would harm our business and results of operations.

THE EXERCISE OF WARRANTS AND OPTIONS TO PURCHASE OUR SHARES WILL HAVE DILUTIVE
  EFFECT.

    There are currently outstanding warrants and options to purchase 1,794,383
shares of our common stock. There are additionally 494,286 shares of common
stock available to be issued under our Stock Plan. These options and warrants
provide an opportunity for holders to profit from a rise in the market price of
our shares of common stock with resulting dilution in the ownership interest
held by you. Holders of these securities may opt to exercise them and receive
the underlying shares of common stock at a time when we are seeking to obtain
additional capital by an offering. As a result, the terms, including price, on
which we may be able to obtain additional capital could be adversely affected.

WE HAVE ANTI-TAKEOVER DEFENSES THAT COULD DELAY OR PREVENT A TAKEOVER THAT
STOCKHOLDERS MAY CONSIDER FAVORABLE.

    We have 2,000,000 shares of preferred stock authorized in our Certificate of
Incorporation, none of which are currently issued and outstanding. The preferred
stock may be issued with such designations, rights and preferences as may be
determined from time to time by our Board. Accordingly, our Board is empowered,
without stockholder approval, but subject to applicable government regulatory
restrictions and applicable corporate laws, including the fiduciary duties of
our Directors, to issue preferred stock with dividend, liquidation, conversion,
voting or other rights senior to the holdings of shares of common stock. If
issued, the preferred stock could be utilized as a method of discouraging,
delaying or preventing a change in control. Although we have no present
intention to issue any additional shares of our preferred stock, we cannot
assure you that we will not do so in the future.

OUR SHARES OF COMMON STOCK CURRENTLY HAVE A LIMITED TRADING MARKET.

    Our existing shares of common stock are quoted on the NASD OTC Bulletin
Board. We made application on February 3, 2000 to have our shares of common
stock included in the NASDAQ National Market System.

    Our shares of common stock currently have only a limited trading market. We
cannot assure you that the application to have our shares of common stock
included in the NASDAQ National Market System will be successful, or that an
active trading market will develop or, if developed, that it will be maintained.
We cannot predict the effect, if any, that the sale of restricted shares or
shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants or options or the
availability of such securities for sale will have on the market price of the
shares of common stock. As a result, an investor might find it difficult to
dispose of, or to obtain accurate quotations as to the value of, the shares of
common stock.

OUR STOCK WILL LIKELY BE SUBJECT TO SUBSTANTIAL PRICE AND VOLUME FLUCTUATIONS
DUE TO A NUMBER OF FACTORS, SOME OF WHICH ARE BEYOND OUR CONTROL.

    The market price of our shares of common stock may be subject to wide
fluctuations. See "Price Range of Common Stock." Reasons for future fluctuations
may include variations in industry growth rates, general economic conditions,
divergence in financial results from analysts' expectations, changes in earnings
estimates by stock market analysts, our size relative to the market and other
events and factors.

                                       10
<PAGE>
Stock prices and trading volumes for many Internet-related companies fluctuate
widely, often for reasons that may be unrelated to their businesses or results
of operations. In addition, international stock markets have from time to time
experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations which have affected the market
prices of securities and which have often been unrelated to the operating
performance of the companies affected.

    These broad market fluctuations, as well as general economic and political
conditions, could adversely affect the market price for our shares of common
stock.

WE ARE AT RISK OF SECURITIES CLASS ACTION LITIGATION DUE TO OUR EXPECTED STOCK
  PRICE VOLATILITY.

    In the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought
against a company following periods of volatility in the market price of its
securities. In the future we may be the target of similar litigation. Even if
groundless and ultimately unsuccessful, securities litigation may result in
substantial costs and divert management's attention and resources, which may
seriously harm our business, prospects, financial condition and results of
operations and may also harm our reputation.

WE FACE RISKS RELATED TO EXCHANGE RATES.

    A proportion of our revenues are expected to be received in non-US
currencies and, in particular, we anticipate that a proportion of our revenues
will be received in Euros. This may give rise to an exchange risk against US
dollars.

    We may engage from time to time in foreign exchange hedging in respect of
the principal foreign currencies in which our receivables are denominated. There
can be no assurance that such hedging activities will continue or will be
effective to limit the impact of any movements in exchange rates on our results
or operations.

OUR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS IN THE AGGREGATE CONTROL APPROXIMATELY 35%
  OF OUR VOTING STOCK.

    Our Directors and executive officers will together own beneficially
approximately 35% of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of
Authoriszor, Inc., including options exercisable within 60 days of the date of
this prospectus by such Directors and executive officers. If these stockholders
were to vote all of their shares in a similar manner, they would have sufficient
voting power to significantly influence the outcome of any corporate transaction
or any matter submitted to the stockholders for approval, including the election
of directors, mergers, consolidations or the sale of all or substantially all of
our assets, and to prevent or cause a change in control.

                                       11
<PAGE>
         SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS; MARKET DATA

    This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. These statements relate
to future events or our future financial performance. In some cases, you can
identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as "may," "will,"
"should," "expects," "plans," "anticipates," "believes," "estimates,"
"predicts," "potential" or "continue" or the negative of such terms or other
comparable terminology. Forward-looking statements are speculative and uncertain
and not based on historical facts. Because forward-looking statements involve
risks and uncertainties, there are important factors that could cause actual
results to differ materially form those expressed or implied by these
forward-looking statement including those discussed under "Risk Factors,"
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and "Business."

    Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking
statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of
activity, performance or achievements. Moreover, neither we nor any other person
assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of such statements. We
are under no duty to update any of the forward-looking statements after the date
of this prospectus or to conform such statements to actual results.

                                USE OF PROCEEDS

    This prospectus relates to shares of common stock that may be offered from
time to time by the selling stockholders. We will receive none of the proceeds
from the sale of the common stock offered in this prospectus.

                                       12
<PAGE>
                          PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK

    Our common stock has been quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board during the
periods covered by this table, currently under the symbol "AUOR." We have made
application to have our common stock quoted on the NASDAQ National Market System
under the symbol "AUTH." The following table sets forth, for the periods
indicated, the range of high and low sales price information per share of our
common stock. These quotations reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail
mark-up, mark-down or commission and may not represent actual transactions.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  SALES PRICE
                                                              -------------------
CALENDAR PERIOD                                                 HIGH       LOW
- ---------------                                               --------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
1997
Third Quarter...............................................   $2.00      $0.41
Fourth Quarter..............................................    2.15       0.56

1998
First Quarter...............................................    1.50       0.63
Second Quarter..............................................    1.00       0.50
Third Quarter...............................................    0.88       0.09
Fourth Quarter..............................................    0.51       0.07

1999
First Quarter...............................................    0.13       0.06
Second Quarter..............................................    0.88       0.07
Third Quarter...............................................    1.94       0.72
Fourth Quarter..............................................   15.30       1.25

2000
First Quarter (through March 15, 2000)......................   37.63       6.75
</TABLE>

    On March 15, 2000, the last reported sale price of our common stock on the
OTC Bulletin Board was $26.50 per share.

    As of March 16, 2000, there were 17,414,081 shares of common stock
outstanding, held by approximately 397 holders of record.

                                DIVIDEND POLICY

    We have not declared or paid any dividends on our capital stock since our
inception and do not anticipate declaring or paying dividends in the foreseeable
future. Our current policy is to retain earnings, if any, to finance the
expansion of our business. The future payment of dividends will depend on the
results of operations, financial condition, capital expenditure plans and other
factors that we deem relevant and will be at the sole discretion of our Board of
Directors.

                                       13
<PAGE>
                    AUTHORISZOR INC. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

    The following selected consolidated financial data are derived from the
financial statements of the Company, which have been audited by Grant Thornton,
independent chartered accountants. The selected consolidated statement of
operations for the six month periods ended December 31, 1999 and 1998 are
unaudtied but, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments (consisting
of normal recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair presentation of the
information included therein. The financial data for the Company should be read
in conjuction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto and
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations, included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The results for the six month
period ended December 31, 1999 are not necessarily indicative of results that
may be expected for the full year.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 JANUARY 15,                                     SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                1997 (DATE OF       YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,            DECEMBER 31,
                                INCEPTION) TO    -------------------------   -------------------------
                                JUNE 30, 1997       1998          1999          1998          1999
                                --------------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                                                             (UNAUDITED)   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                             <C>              <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Statement of operations data:
  Net sales...................   $     3,290     $        --   $    33,711   $    32,682   $        --
  Operating loss..............        (5,283)        (23,821)      (49,631)      (11,800)   (1,624,177)
  Other expense, net..........            --              --            --            --       (90,643)
  Net loss....................        (5,283)        (23,821)      (49,631)      (11,800)   (1,714,820)
  Loss per common share--basic
    and diluted...............         (0.00)          (0.00)        (0.00)        (0.00)        (0.12)
  Weighted average shares
    outstanding--basic and
    diluted...................    13,765,808      13,765,808    13,765,808    13,765,808    13,844,311
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                JUNE 30,
                                                     ------------------------------   DECEMBER 31,
                                                       1997       1998       1999         1999
                                                     --------   --------   --------   -------------
                                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                  <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Balance sheet data:
  Current assets...................................  $ 4,855    $  1,049   $  3,196    $  476,774
  Current liabilities..............................   10,815      34,730    100,670       183,874
  Total assets.....................................    5,473       5,224     24,790     2,585,952
  Stockholders' equity (deficit)...................   (5,342)    (29,506)   (75,880)    2,402,078
</TABLE>

                                       14
<PAGE>
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

OVERVIEW

    THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION OF THE FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS OF OUR COMPANY SHOULD BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS AND THE NOTES TO THOSE STATEMENTS INCLUDED ELSEWHERE IN THIS
PROSPECTUS. THIS DISCUSSION CONTAINS FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS THAT INVOLVE
RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES. PLEASE SEE "RISK FACTORS" AND "SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS; MARKET DATA" ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS.

    We provide a patent-pending security solution that secures corporate
Web-related information while enabling businesses to provide secure access to
their corporate Website and applications and to conduct secure communications
over computer networks and the Internet. Our product suite and processes enable
a corporation to provide secure access to the information on its Web server to
its customers, suppliers, employees and public visitors from the Internet,
according to their pre-determined security profile.

    We believe that our solution is innovatively different from any current
security solution available today. Our solution provides security by securing a
customer's Website, corporate information assets and contents offline, making
this information completely inaccessible, except through the customer's Web
server. This process eliminates any direct contact between the person requesting
information and the corporate information assets.

    The benefit of our product suite is that it has been designed to provide an
added dimension of security to existing security products, such as:

    - firewalls;

    - virtual private networks;

    - encryption;

    - security tokens;

    - smart cards; and

    - biometrics.

Customer investments in these other security technologies can be preserved and
combined with our product suite.

    In order to begin our operations as an Internet-based company, on July 22,
1999 we acquired Authoriszor Ltd., then named ITIS Technologies Ltd., a United
Kingdom Internet security company. Following this acquisition, the name of our
company was changed to Authoriszor Inc., and the trading symbol for the
company's common stock on the OTC Bulletin Board was changed to "AUOR." In
November 1999, we changed our fiscal year end from December 31 to June 30 in
order to adopt the fiscal year end of Authoriszor Ltd.

    The principal elements of our strategy to achieve a leading position in the
worldwide Internet security solutions market are as follows:

    TECHNOLOGICAL LEADERSHIP.  We believe that we offer innovative and high
quality Web security solutions. We intend to maintain this technological lead by
devoting substantial resources to product research and development, and, if
appropriate, by acquiring new products and technologies. In addition, we intend
to increase the current functionality of our solutions which we anticipate will
create further sales opportunities and additional technological barriers for
others. We will continue to focus on open, flexible and scalable solutions while
broadening the scope of our Web security solutions.

    GLOBAL PRESENCE.  We intend to be a leading provider of Web security
solutions to large enterprises in Europe and North America and other high growth
markets by expanding our sales and marketing and

                                       15
<PAGE>
support organizations. To this end, we have increased our staff to twenty-two
employees, including Richard A. Langevin, our Chief Executive Officer, President
and Interim Chief Financial Officer. We also intend to create a network of
resellers, systems integrators and other security application vendors as clients
and sales channel partners of our product suite.

    TARGET NEW INDUSTRY SECTORS AND COMMERCIAL CERTIFICATE AUTHORITIES.  We plan
to continue to focus our sales and marketing efforts on industries where Web
security is essential. These markets are currently:

    - financial services;

    - healthcare services;

    - government branches; and

    - large enterprises.

We intend to target leading institutions in these markets and will also target
digital certificate service providers, known as commercial certificate
authorities or trusted third parties.

    DEVELOP STRATEGIC PARTNERSHIPS AND CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIPS.  We are working
to establish strategic relationships with leading partners to broaden and
accelerate the market acceptance of our Web security solutions. We will
strategically target relationships with companies and other organizations that
we expect to play a critical role in the future of electronic business. We
anticipate that these relationships should help to facilitate broad market
acceptance of our Web security solutions and we believe that they will help
achieve our goal of becoming a leading global provider of Web security products
and services.

    PURSUE SELECTIVE GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES.  We intend to grow through both
organic expansion as well as through selected strategic acquisitions which we
believe will accelerate product, customer and geographic penetration.

    In January 2000, we secured a contract with Univentures International
Limited to implement a secure Web application for use throughout nine
universities located in Northern England.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

    The following is a discussion of the results of operations for the six
months ended December 31,1999 compared with the six months ended December 31,
1998.

    The operating loss increased to $1,624,177 for the six months ended
December 31, 1999 compared to a loss from operations in $11,800 in 1998. This
increase was attributable primarily to our entering into an agreement with
consultants where the consultants are to be issued 120,000 shares of our common
stock for services rendered. At December 31, 1999, 100,000 shares had been
earned and expenses equal to the trading value of the shares of common stock at
the point in time when the shares were earned has been recorded at approximately
$407,000. The remaining increase between the two periods is attributable to
costs incurred in setting up our development center, preparing for the opening
of the sales office, recruiting employees, legal and professional fees in
connection with the recapitalization transaction and costs in connection with
being a public company. Please see note B of the financials for a description of
the recapitalization transaction.

    We did not have any sales in the six months ended December 31, 1999 compared
to $32,682 for the comparative period in 1998.

    In the six months ended December 31, 1999, we recognized a gain on the sale
of investment securities in the amount of $199,279. These securities had been
received in connection with the recapitalization transaction. We also recorded a
write-down of our investment in Toucan Mining Plc in the amount of $291,448.

    In January 2000, we agreed to reduce the exercise price on options held by
certain individuals and entities, including Robert P. Jeffcock, former officer
and current Director of the company, Robert A.

                                       16
<PAGE>
Pearce, former officer and Director, and L. Clark Arnold, former officer and
Director, from the original exercise price of $1.00 to a new exercise price of
$0.66, provided the option holders exercised their options on or prior to
January 31, 2000. Each of the individuals exercised their options by
January 31, 2000. We will record compensation expense of approximately
$2,000,000, which will be reflected in the quarter ended March 31, 2000.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

    Following the acquisition of Authoriszor Ltd. in July 1999, we had
approximately $1,600,000 in cash and other liquid assets, including securities
of Minmet Plc. Following the acquisition of Authoriszor Ltd., we sold, in the
quarter ended September 30, 1999, 10.5 million ordinary shares of Minmet Plc
with Minmet Plc's consent at the price of 8 pence (sterling) per share. These
transactions resulted in net cash proceeds to us of approximately $1,360,000.
Pursuant to our agreement with Minmet Plc, we may not sell any of its remaining
ordinary shares of Minmet Plc until January 6, 2001 without Minmet Plc's prior
approval; provided, however, that Minmet Plc has agreed that the ordinary shares
of Minmet Plc may be placed through Minmet Plc's brokers with Minmet Plc's
consent at any time, and Minmet Plc has undertaken to act reasonably in respect
of any requests with regard to such sales of ordinary shares of Minmet Plc.

    We have provided loans to Authoriszor Ltd. through December 31, 1999 of
approximately $1,200,000 to fund its operations.

    In December 1999, we engaged Beeson Gregory of London, England as our
financial advisor and investment banker to raise a substantial amount of capital
for us in a private placement in Europe and the United Kingdom. We considered
various alternatives to raise funds on a short term basis to permit us to
continue our operations and to make a loan to WRDC Limited in the principal
amount of $160,800 as part of our investment agreement with WRDC Limited. We
proposed to Minmet Plc that we be permitted to sell additional ordinary shares
of Minmet Plc, but Minmet Plc refused to consent to such further sales. We
sought to raise additional short term capital by offering an incentive to
holders of warrants to purchase 436,000 shares of common stock to exercise such
warrants in December 1999 by reducing the exercise price of such warrants from
$1.50 to $1.00 per share if the warrants were exercised by December 20, 1999.
The warrant holders exercised their warrants by December 20, 1999. Similarly, in
January 2000, we offered a similar incentive to holders of options to purchase
350,000 shares of common stock by reducing the exercise price of such options
from $1.00 to $0.66 per share if such stock options were exercised by
January 31, 2000. All of such stock options were exercised by January 31, 2000.

    In addition, in January 2000 we sold the stock of our subsidiary Toucan
Mining Plc, formerly Toucan Mining Limited, for $809,750 in cash. This
transaction was undertaken to dispose of our interest in Toucan Mining Plc,
except for the retained securities of Minmet Plc, in a timely fashion to be able
to pursue our current Internet security business and to facilitate the proposed
placement that was being arranged by Beeson Gregory. The proceeds of the sale
were used to fund operations pending the completion of the placement described
below. Prior to the sale, Toucan Mining plc transferred to us warrants to
purchase 7.7 million ordinary shares of Minmet Plc at an exercise price of 8
pence (sterling) per share and 2 million ordinary shares of Minmet Plc. The
shares of Minmet Plc to be acquired on exercise of the warrants are not subject
to any contractual restrictions with Minmet Plc; however, the ordinary shares of
Minmet Plc cannot be sold until January 2001 without the consent of Minmet Plc.

    In February 2000, we placed 2,727,273 shares of common stock at $11.00 per
share through Beeson Gregory. The placement was made pursuant to Regulation S
under the Securities Act in the United Kingdom and Europe. The gross proceeds of
the placement were $30,000,003. In addition, we granted an option to Beeson
Gregory, the placement agent, to purchase 136,363 shares of common stock at an
exercise price of $11.00 per share for a term of two years. We granted
registration rights to the purchasers and future holders of the issued shares in
the placement. This prospectus is related to these registration rights.

                                       17
<PAGE>
    Beeson Gregory received a commission of 5% of the total gross proceeds of
the placement. We have also appointed Beeson Gregory as our financial advisor
and have agreed to pay Beeson Gregory an annual financial advisory fee of
$40,000. The proceeds of the offering, net of commissions payable to Beeson
Gregory and reimbursement of Beeson Gregory's expenses and other expenses,
resulted in cash available to us of approximately $28,015,000. Additional
expenses will be incurred in connection with this registration of the shares of
common stock from the placement. We intend to use such net proceeds for working
capital and to fund strategic investments, acquisitions and research and
development.

    Upon completion of the placement, we acquired 25.1% of the stock of WRDC
Limited for an aggregate subscription price of $604,800. In addition, on making
this subscription, we made a loan in the principal amount of $195,200 to WRDC
Limited, repayable, with interest, over a five year period. We have converted
the terms of an existing interest free loan to WRDC in the principal amount of
$160,800 to similar terms. We also have the option to purchase the remaining
74.9% of WRDC Limited after October 31, 2001, at a price based on the revenue
and profits of WRDC for the previous accounting period at the relevant time.

    As the result of these transactions, we believe that our cash resources are
adequate for our working capital requirements for approximately the next twelve
months.

YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE

    The Year 2000 issue results from the historical use in computer software
programs and operating systems of a two digit number to represent the applicable
year. Marketplace concerns arose as to whether certain software and hardware
would fail to properly function when confronted with dates that contain "00" as
a two digit year. To address the potential risk of disruption of operations, we
reviewed our own software products and conducted an impact analysis. We
determined that each element of our product suite was designed to record, store,
and process calendar dates occurring before and after January 1, 2000 with the
same full-year accuracy and the impact analysis identified no major risk of
failure within our in-house computer systems, which include the accounting and
management information systems.

    To date, we have not experienced any material problems relating to the Year
2000 issue. However, we have not yet experienced all factors that might have
Year 2000 compliance implications. We will continue to monitor and evaluate
internal Year 2000 compliance.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK

    Our primary market risk exposure is a fluctuation in the value of our
investment in the common stock and stock purchase warrants of Minmet Plc. These
securities have been carried at cost ($346,500) at December 31, 1999. However,
beginning in January 2000, they will be classified as available-for-sale which
requires they be carried at market. Based on current market prices, these
securities have a value of approximately $1,350,000. Fluctuations in value could
result both from the prices of equity securities in general as well as changes
in the market's perception of the value of the shares of Minmet Plc. We have not
deemed it prudent to attempt to enter into transactions such as various types of
hedges, to minimize this risk. A 10% change in the market price of Minmet shares
would cause a $135,000 change in stockholder's equity.

    We also have risk related to currency exchange rate fluctuations. A portion
of our revenues are expected to be received in non-U.S. currencies. Also, we
have loans outstanding to our U.K. subsidiary of approximately $1,200,000. Based
on this loan amount, a 10% fluctuation in currency rates would have a $120,000
effect on our net income or loss. Although we may do so in the future, to date
we have not engaged in foreign exchange hedging.

                                       18
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS

GENERAL

    We provide a patent-pending security solution which secures corporate
information while enabling businesses to provide secure access to their
corporate Website and applications and to conduct secure communications over
computer networks and the Internet. Our product suite and processes enable a
corporation to provide secure access to the information on its Web server to its
customers, suppliers, employees and public visitors from the Internet, according
to their pre-determined security profile.

    We believe our solution to be innovatively different from other security
solutions available today. Our solution provides security by securing a
customer's Website, corporate information assets and contents offline, making
this information completely inaccessible, except through the customer's Web
server. This process eliminates any direct contact between the person requesting
information and the corporate information assets.

    Each request for corporate information is submitted to the server. Then, by
using silent security verification not apparent to the user, the Authoriszor
product suite identifies, authenticates and, if authenticated, authorizes the
request to proceed. To be authenticated by a server which has our product suite
installed, the end user and the user's computer or terminal must be validated.
Our profile selector ensures that the person requesting information is only
provided with information to which they are authorized. Validated requests for
information are handled by the protected server, which creates pseudo uniform
resource locators that disconnect the name of the data source and the location
of the data on the corporate Web server.

    Our virtual publisher then creates a response in the form of a virtual Web
page and, after ensuring that no changes have occurred in the environment or
device of the person requesting information since the request was submitted,
which ensures that requestor transmissions have not been intercepted nor
impersonated, and that the requestor identity is still the original requestor
that commenced the session, sends the requestor the Web page of information
off-line, publishing it through a virtual page publishing system. Our product
suite then immediately destroys the virtual Web page response that was sent to
the person requesting information.

    The benefit of our product suite is that it has been designed to provide an
added dimension of security to existing security products, such as:

    - firewalls;

    - virtual private networks;

    - encryption;

    - security tokens;

    - smart cards; and

    - biometrics.

Customer investments in these other security technologies can be preserved and
combined with our product suite.

INDUSTRY BACKGROUND

THE GROWTH OF THE INTERNET AND ELECTRONIC BUSINESS

    The continued growth of the Internet and advances in network technologies
have fundamentally changed the way business is conducted. These developments, as
well as advances in broadband and wireless technologies, have allowed
organizations to make available their corporate computer networks

                                       19
<PAGE>
and applications to a wide range of users. This offers businesses the
opportunity both to enhance revenues by more efficiently accessing existing and
potential customers, and to reduce costs by removing supply chain layers and
streamlining distribution through extranets and the Internet.

    Electronic business, or the ability to conduct business online, has become
critical for many organizations. Examples of electronic business applications
include supply chain management, online banking, document sharing, both inside
and outside the organization, order-entry systems, government tax filing
systems, marketing on the Internet, inventory management and Internet-based
commerce--known as E-Commerce.

    Organizations are increasing their spending on solutions which provide the
necessary infrastructure to allow them to develop electronic business
initiatives. As businesses implement and extend their information technology
infrastructures to provide increased access to their networks, databases and
applications, they face significant new challenges. These challenges include
management of distributed computing environments, functionality of applications
and, critically, security of information and networks.

    The market for Internet related electronic security products is immature.
Until recently, such security has been service-based and has primarily involved
custom tailored solutions. However, we believe it will rapidly shift towards
standard products.

    The following are some of the factors which may influence the growth in the
market for security products:

    - the growth of network and client/server computing;

    - the rapid adoption of the Internet and Internet protocols for E-Commerce,
      intranets, extranets and virtual private networks;

    - the development of electronic commerce in Europe and the Asia Pacific
      region, which is reported to be at a slower rate than in the United
      States;

    - increasing awareness of the public relations and financial consequences of
      not having a secure network;

    - national and supranational legislation for trusted third parties;

    - national and supranational legislation for digital signatures;

    - the emergence of industry standards, enabling inter-operable security to
      be built into standardized products;

    - the rate of the move towards automated management of key systems;

    - the need for effective management tools to control large communities of
      users, including public key certificate management systems;

    - the move towards doing significant business sight unseen, in some cases
      across international borders, which requires non-repudiation; and

    - any change to export standards and regulations.

THE NEED FOR A SECURITY INFRASTRUCTURE FOR ELECTRONIC BUSINESS

    The continued growth of electronic business depends in large part on whether
a system for secure and trusted communication can be created that is consistent
with practices established in the non-electronic world. In the non-electronic
world, trust is established through procedures, policies and credentials that

                                       20
<PAGE>
enable people and organizations to conduct business confidently and
confidentially based upon the following principles:

    - Authentication--verifying the identity of each party;

    - Integrity--preventing alteration of information by unauthorized persons;

    - Confidentiality--preventing disclosure of information in transit or in
      storage to unauthorized persons; and

    - Non-repudiation--preventing either party from denying the communication or
      transaction.

    Conventional personal identification techniques, however, cannot be used in
the electronic business world and, consequently, an electronic security
framework is required.

    A number of techniques have been devised which seek to address this. These
may be broadly categorized as:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TECHNIQUE                                        FUNCTION             PERCEIVED PROBLEMS/LIMITATIONS
- ---------                              -----------------------------  ------------------------------
<S>                                    <C>                            <C>
Firewalls............................  A firewall limits access to a  A user's identity can be
                                       Web server according to a set  "spoofed", i.e. an
                                       of rules concerning the        unauthorized user may pretend
                                       identity of the user, message  to be someone else who is
                                       content, access request type,  authorized.
                                       protocol used, etc.

Encryption...........................  A technique for "scrambling"   Encrypted messages may be
                                       a message while in transit or  created or read by non-
                                       stored such that an intruder   authorized persons if the code
                                       may not read the content of    is "broken" or the decryption
                                       the message without having     key is stolen.
                                       access to the encryption
                                       code.

Public Key Infrastructure............  Public key infrastructure is   Keys may be stolen, however
                                       a generic term which           securely they may be stored,
                                       describes the process of       with the user being unaware of
                                       managing the encryption and    the theft, allowing
                                       decryption of messages         unauthorized decryption of
                                       between server and client      messages.
                                       using complex keys stored and
                                       authenticated by a trusted
                                       authority.

Biometrics...........................  A user has many unique         Does not in itself address the
                                       biometric characteristics      issue of encrypting data
                                       (fingerprint, retinal scan,    during transmission to prevent
                                       etc.) that may be measured to  unauthorized "eavesdropping"
                                       certify the identity of a      nor of managing the level of
                                       user.                          access available to a user.

Virtual Private Networks.............  Virtual private networks are   The establishment of the link
                                       an extension of hard wired     must be based upon a highly
                                       private networks, and once     secure user identification
                                       established, a Virtual         technique, or otherwise a
                                       private network creates an     secure route to an
                                       encrypted link between two or  unauthorized person could be
                                       more computers that can be     unknowingly created.
                                       regarded as highly secure.
</TABLE>

                                       21
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TECHNIQUE                                        FUNCTION             PERCEIVED PROBLEMS/LIMITATIONS
- ---------                              -----------------------------  ------------------------------
<S>                                    <C>                            <C>
Smart cards..........................  Smart cards contain embedded   They can be stolen and some
                                       electronic identity            may be fraudulently
                                       information which, when used   duplicated.
                                       as part of the log-on
                                       process, can help to verify a
                                       user's identity.
</TABLE>

The techniques listed above are embodied in a variety of products provided by
many companies, a few of which are listed below:

    - Public key infrastructure--Verisign Inc., Baltimore Technologies Plc

    - Firewalls--Checkpoint Systems Inc., Ascend Communications Inc., Cisco
      Systems Inc., Raptor Systems Inc.

    - Encryption--RSA Security Inc., Verisign Inc.

    - Smart cards--GemPlus, Hewlett-Packard, Bull S.A.

    - Virtual private networks--Checkpoint Systems Inc., Intel Corporation,
      Microsoft Corporation, Novell Inc., Cisco Systems Inc.

    - Biometrics--Siebel Systems, Inc.

    Despite the existence of these techniques and products, there have been
security breaches into company servers. Many companies have reported security
breaches where people have gained unauthorized access to their server and gained
access to confidential and valuable information.

    Our product suite provides an environment with strong positive
identification of the user and his equipment, coupled with a set of network
management tools which allow the management of a server's security policy to
determine exactly who gets access to various classes of information and/or
applications by reference to the user's profile, which is itself stored in a
secure location. The Authoriszor product suite may be used in conjunction with
existing techniques to enhance the level of security available.

    Importantly, access to an application hosted on a server protected by our
product suite requires only a Web browser at the client site together with a
small Authoriszor component which may be freely downloaded from our Website or
distributed through CD-ROM.

    Reviewing the requirements identified above for electronic security in
business with respect to our product suite:

<TABLE>
<S>                    <C>
Authentication.......  The Authoriszor product suite has strong in-built
                       client ID verification which may be extended to
                       incorporate other techniques.

Integrity............  All access to a Web server is managed and controlled
                       by the Authoriszor management console.

Confidentiality......  Data and applications are stored where they cannot be
                       accessed by the Internet, and the requested data is
                       transmitted using the user's preferred encryption
                       methodology.

Non-repudiation......  The Authoriszor product suite maintains a full audit
                       trail of access to applications and information.
</TABLE>

                                       22
<PAGE>
THE AUTHORISZOR SOLUTION

    We have developed a suite of software products that manages users' access to
a company's Web server and the level of information that is made available to
users once they have gained such access. This package of products has been
approved by Microsoft as an official Microsoft Backoffice Logo product.

    Access to information is controlled as follows:

    - each user seeking access to a server protected by our product suite is
      positively identified as either "public" or as an individual "authorized
      client";

    - once an authorized client has gained access to the server protected by our
      product suite, the level of information made available to that authorized
      client is monitored according to the pre-determined security profile of
      the authorized client in question;

    - generic content is delivered to public users so that they are not alerted
      to the fact that their access to secured information has been denied;

    - a record is automatically made of any attempted unauthorized access by a
      public user, although again the public user will not be alerted to this;

    - the secured information delivered to authorized clients is generated from
      a remote protected off-line source, so that there exists no static on-line
      page containing the secured information which could be "hacked" and no
      route or portal through which a hacker may gain access to the secured
      information; and

    - any "alien" files deposited on the server protected by our product suite
      are continuously and automatically purged.

    The following paragraphs describe the products involved in this process in
more detail:

POSITIVE ID

    A component of the Authoriszor software product, known as Positive ID,
checks the identity of the computer seeking access to a server protected by our
product suite, or to a number of different servers, according to a number of
unique attributes including hardware and software parameters. In this way, each
user is identified as public or as an individual authorized client. An
individual authorized client is a person who the company has set up as being
authorized to have a specified level of access to private company information.
For example, an existing customer could be authorized to have access to stock
levels and delivery schedules; whereas, the company's chief executive could be
authorized to have access to all information. Identification is based upon an
individual client identification key for each authorized client. If a client
identification key is copied, it will automatically cause a record to be made of
such event and the reason for the event. This matter can then be dealt with in
accordance with defined security policy. A user is continually monitored during
the period of access, as well as during initial access or re-access. Users are
not alerted to this on-going authentication process.

    Once an authorized client has gained access to the server protected by our
product suite, the level and type of information delivered to him or her can be
varied according to the characteristics of their client identification key.
Certain information can be reserved for specified groups of users or for
individual users. In this way, network performance can be optimized by sending
only data which is appropriate to the client in question; for example, on a
simple level, an audio file will not be sent to a configuration with no sound
card. In addition, the product is extendable, so that future developments in
smartcards, biometrics and other technologies can be incorporated as required.
The Positive ID product, therefore, specifically addresses the need for high
level authentication, privacy protection and security.

                                       23
<PAGE>
PROFILE SELECTOR

    Once an authorized client has gained access to a server protected by our
product suite, our Profile Selector product profiles the client to select the
information appropriate for that authorized client, whether in terms of his or
her level of authorization, the compatibility of his or her system and the
capacity of his system to cope with the information available or his or her
personal characteristics, such as the language he or she speaks. The ability to
create profiles for groups and individual clients means that security is
precisely configurable.

PRIVATE PAGES

    Access to standard Web pages on the Internet is gained through uniform
resource locators, which are addresses for real Web content, including actual
pages in static Hypertext Markup Language and scripts for dynamic pages. With a
conventional Web server which is not protected by Authoriszor, hackers are able
to gain access to page sources and scripts through the uniform resource
locators, which, in turn, enables them to gain access to the server.

    Our Private Pages product implements pseudo uniform resource locators. A
pseudo uniform resource locator is a specification for a page that does not
exist on the Web server but is instead generated from a remote off-line source.
A pseudo uniform resource locator is constructed according to the profile of
each individual authorized client. It exists only for the time taken to
construct and transmit it to the client. No actual page or script exists
on-line.

    On any request for information by a user, the Authoriszor product suite uses
its virtual page publication system to create a temporary page containing the
information resulting from the information profiling screening procedure. This
virtual page is sent to the client in exactly the same way as a requested
uniform resource locators but is then immediately deleted from the system. The
virtual page exists only for the amount of time necessary to send it to the
requesting client.

    The source information for pages is stored off-line where it is inaccessible
from the Web and may even be stored on other computers not connected to the
Internet. In this way, information is protected from hackers.

    If required, the Authoriszor product suite can also encrypt the page for
transmission using industry standard encryption methods.

    Pseudo uniform resource locators contain different levels of content for
different types of clients. For example:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INTENDED RECIPIENT                              POSSIBLE CONTENT
- ------------------                  -----------------------------------------
<S>                                 <C>
Public............................  Description of product.
                                    Product graphics.
                                    Overview of product features and
                                      benefits.

Product Dealer....................  Description of product.
                                    Product graphics.
                                    Overview of product features and
                                      benefits.
                                    Dealer pricing details.

Product Distributor...............  Description of product.
                                    Product graphics.
                                    Distributor pricing details.

Product Service Center............  Description of product.
                                    Product graphics.
                                    Spare parts pricing details.
                                    Product recall information.
</TABLE>

                                       24
<PAGE>
    The product is designed to ensure that pages are generated in response to
all information requests; even unidentified clients receive publicly available
information. This means that hackers are not made aware of their refused access.

ACTIVE SURVEILLANCE

    Our Active Surveillance product protects the user site against file
deposition attacks. A file deposition attack takes the form of a file or a
series of files deposited, sometimes through the firewall, and designed to take
unwanted action. For example, a file deposition attack may overflow its
allocated space until it fills disc and memory and effectively brings the
computer to a halt. These are known as buffer overflow attacks. Alternatively, a
file deposition attack may be designed to respond to a defined set of
circumstances that will enable it to find the effective control center of the
system--the Web root. This enables the file deposition attack to take whatever
action it likes with respect to the Web content or content accessed from the Web
root by scripting programs. Active Surveillance sweeps the protected server
every few seconds and institutes the user defined security procedure on any
files it does not recognize as having been present for more than a
pre-determined time.

OUR STRATEGY

    We intend to become one of the leading providers of electronic security
solutions worldwide. The principal elements of our strategy to achieve this are
as follows:

    TECHNOLOGICAL LEADERSHIP.  We believe that we offer innovative and high
quality Web security solutions. We intend to maintain this technological lead by
devoting substantial resources to product research and development, and, if
appropriate, by acquiring new products and technologies. In addition, we intend
to increase the current functionality of our solutions which we anticipate will
create further sales opportunities and additional technological barriers for
others. We will continue to focus on open, flexible and scalable solutions while
broadening the scope of our electronic security solutions.

    GLOBAL PRESENCE.  We intend to be a leading provider of Web security
solutions to large enterprises in Europe and North America and other high growth
markets by expanding our sales and marketing and support organizations. To this
end, we have increased our staff to 17 employees, including Richard A. Langevin,
our Chief Executive Officer, President and Interim Financial Officer. We also
intend to create a network of resellers, systems integrators and other security
application vendors.

    TARGET NEW INDUSTRY SECTORS AND COMMERCIAL CERTIFICATE AUTHORITIES.  We plan
to continue to focus our sales and marketing efforts on industries where Web
security is essential. These markets are currently:

    - financial services;

    - healthcare services;

    - high-technology;

    - government branches; and

    - large enterprises.

We intend to target leading institutions in these markets and will also target
digital certificate service providers, known as commercial certificate
authorities or trusted third parties.

    DEVELOP STRATEGIC PARTNERSHIPS AND CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIPS.  We are working
to establish strategic relationships with leading partners to broaden and
accelerate the market acceptance of our Web security solutions. We will
strategically target relationships with companies and other organizations that
we expect to play a critical role in the future of electronic business. We
anticipate that these relationships should help

                                       25
<PAGE>
to facilitate broad market acceptance of our Web security solutions and we
believe that they will help achieve our goal of becoming a leading global
provider of Web security products and services.

    PURSUE SELECTIVE GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES.  We intend to grow through both
organic expansion as well as through selected strategic acquisitions which we
believe will accelerate product, customer and geographic penetration.

SALES AND MARKETING

    We have recently begun direct sales and marketing of the Authoriszor product
suite. We currently have a staff of seven sales people based in the UK. We are
in the process of recruiting a further ten sales and marketing staff during the
current calendar year who will be based in both the UK and the US.

    Our objective is to maximize organic sales growth, develop a global brand
and achieve a global capability by continuing to develop the necessary support
infrastructure and establishing sales channels worldwide.

    In addition to direct sales, we intend to develop relationships with other
entities to market and sell our product suite and services. These sales channels
can be categorized as follows:

    - application service provider vendors and services--conventional Internet
      service provider services provide Web servers and email services connected
      to the Internet. Application service providers extend these services to
      include offering software programs, from payroll or human resources
      applications to a full enterprise resource planning application. Our
      product suite is designed to provide an essential fail-safe security
      environment for application service provider Web services and
      applications;

    - product re-sellers, distributors and sales agents--the companies and
      individuals in this category that we seek to work with are, typically,
      geographically focused and offering local market knowledge and contacts
      and sales skills;

    - original equipment manufacturers, including application development
      companies--these companies tend to operate worldwide and embed security
      solutions into their own product offerings. They tend to offer developed
      sales channels, established customer bases and brand recognition; and

    - consultants, value added resellers, systems integrators and worldwide
      information technology vendors--these are companies and individuals that
      may sell or recommend some or all of the elements of our product suite to
      enhance their own solution.

    All of these types of sales channels will assist us by providing access to
new geographic areas and markets and the capacity to further penetrate our
existing markets.

    Our Website is also a major marketing tool and the primary way in which some
potential customers will judge us and our product suite. We anticipate that in
the future it may become a significant sales channel and our primary support
channel.

    We are also seeking to discuss partnership agreements with system
integrators and value added resellers. We have identified a number in the UK,
Germany, France and the US and expect to hold discussions to set up agreements
covering these countries during 2000.

    We are also seeking to further develop our distribution chain by acquiring
relevant companies or by making strategic equity investments. We have acquired
25.1% of the share capital of WRDC Limited, with an option to acquire the
balance of its issued share capital after October 31, 2001. WRDC Limited offers
professional services in information technology focused on core technologies of
messaging, directories, network security and data communications. Technology
underpins all WRDC projects, ranging from strategic and operational consultancy,
through the design and implementation of systems integration projects, to the
provision of fully managed information technology services.

                                       26
<PAGE>
    From bases in Leeds and London, WRDC works with both UK and international
corporate clients from the following sectors:

    - Financial Services

    - UK Government

    - Police

    - Distribution

    - Telecommunications

    - Travel and Tourism

    - UK Ministry of Defense

    - Manufacturing

    - Information Technology

    - Health

    The structure of the Group and WRDC is as follows:

                                     [LOGO]

COMPETITION

    We believe that we have no direct competitors offering a product with the
same benefits. Other companies offer solutions which contain some of the same
features as our solution but we believe that none of these other solutions
contain the same strength of positive client identification or pseudo uniform
resource locators, which we regard as two key functions of our solution and in
respect of which patent applications have been made. In addition, a key
strategic positioning of the Authoriszor product suite is that it complements
existing electronic security products.

    The markets in which we operate are characterized by intense competition
from producers of a variety of security solutions. Our indirect competitors
include those companies listed in the section of this prospectus entitled
"Business--Industry Background--The Need for a Security Infrastructure for
Electronic Businesses." We expect there are other competitors that we have not
identified. We believe that we compete with these and our other competitors on
the basis of the quality of our security solution, service level and price.

    We expect to face further competition from new market entrants and possible
alliances between competitors in the future. Certain of our current and
potential future competitors have greater financial, technical, market and other
resources than we do. As a result, these competitors may be able to respond more
quickly to new or emerging technologies and changes in client requirements or to
devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sales of their
services than we can.

    There can be no assurance that we will be able to compete successfully with
existing or new competitors or that competition will not have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

    We rely on a combination of copyright, trademark, service mark and trade
secret laws, confidentiality procedures and contractual restrictions to
establish and protect the proprietary rights in our software and

                                       27
<PAGE>
services. However, we will not be able to protect our intellectual property if
we are unable to enforce our rights or if we do not detect unauthorized use of
our intellectual property. In addition, these legal protections only provide us
with limited protection in certain geographic areas. If we litigate to enforce
our rights, it would be expensive, divert management resources and may not be
adequate to protect our business. Our inability to protect our proprietary
technology could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects,
financial condition and results of operations.

    We have five patent applications pending in the U.S. for our Authoriszor
product suite. However, because patent applications in the US are confidential,
we cannot rule out the existence of earlier-filed patent applications for
technology similar or identical to our product suite, or the possibility that
another party may first secure patent protection in substantially similar
technology. Therefore, we cannot guarantee that our patent applications will be
successful. We have not yet sought patent protection in the UK. We may attempt
to extend any successful U.S. applications into the UK and other countries
through the Paris Convention and the Patent Cooperation treaties; however,
patent applications for software are more difficult to obtain in some countries
outside the U.S. Even where patent protection is obtained we cannot guarantee
that third parties will not oppose or otherwise challenge the patents granted.
If we do not succeed in securing patents in the U.S., UK and other territories,
or if any granted patent is successfully challenged, we may not be able to
prevent the marketing of similar products based on the underlying technology by
other persons in that territory.

    We have copyrights on all aspects of the Authoriszor product suite and are
in the process of applying for UK trademarks in respect of the key Authoriszor
logos used for branding. We are also in the process of implementing
confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to further protect our
proprietary rights. Additional protection for the software, documentation and
other written materials is afforded by trade secret and, in the US only, unfair
competition laws.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

    We aim to maintain our security software technology leadership position by
continuing to enhance and broaden our product offerings. Through constant
monitoring of the industry, we plan to identify new security features and trends
in the marketplace that are required to maintain our competitive edge. The
research and development team has currently identified several competitive
enhancements that are being considered for development, such as:

    - native code conversion to further improve system performance;

    - implementation of secure file transfer;

    - expanded user selectable encryption;

    - active lightweight directory access protocol support; and

    - the development of extended application programming interfaces.

EMPLOYEES

    As of March 17, 2000 there were twenty-one people employed by us on a
full-time, permanent basis. Of these, ten were primarily involved in research
and development, seven in sales and marketing, and four in general
administration and support. In addition, we employ free-lance consultants from
time to time to assist various specific projects.

    Our employees are not represented by any collective bargaining unit, and we
have never experienced a work stoppage. We believe our relations with our
employees to be good. From time to time we also employ independent contractors
to support our professional services, product development, sales, marketing and
business development organizations.

                                       28
<PAGE>
    Our future success will depend, in part, on our ability to attract, retain
and motivate highly qualified technical and management personnel for whom
competition is intense. As part of our retention efforts, we seek to minimize
turnover of key employees by emphasizing the nature of our work, our work
environment, our encouragement of technical enhancements and our competitive
compensation packages.

FACILITIES

    Our executive offices are currently located at the home office of our Chief
Executive Officer in Natick, Massachusetts. We plan to lease a facility in the
Boston area within the next three months to serve as a base of U.S. operations.
Our operations headquarters are currently located on the first floor of a leased
facility in North Yorkshire, England consisting of approximately 1,375 square
feet of office space. The rent for this facility is approximately $29,300 per
year. We are planning to add 1,475 square feet to the North Yorkshire facility.
We maintain a second UK office in a 2,800 square foot leased facility in
Bradford, England. The rent for this office is approximately $13,400 per year.

LEGAL MATTERS

    From time to time we may be involved in litigation that arises through the
normal course of business operations. As of the date of this prospectus, we are
not a party to any litigation we believe could reasonably be expected to have a
material adverse affect on our business or results of operation.

HISTORY

    Our predecessor was incorporated as a Colorado corporation on January 20,
1989 under the name Starlight Acquisitions Inc. On May 10, 1996, Starlight
Acquisitions acquired Toucan Mining plc, incorporated in the Isle of Man, the
holding company of a mining group operating in South America.

    On July 29, 1996, our predecessor was merged into a newly formed holding
company, which was incorporated as a Delaware corporation on July 22, 1996 under
the name Toucan Gold Corporation. Effective July 15, 1999, Toucan Mining Plc
sold its sole operating subsidiary to Minmet Plc, a company listed on the Irish
Stock Exchange and the London Stock Exchange, in consideration for the issue of
Minmet Plc ordinary shares, the grant of warrants and other consideration. On
July 22, 1999, we acquired the whole of the issued share capital of Authoriszor
Limited, which was then named ITIS Technologies Limited, whose business
comprised the basis of our current business. On August 25, 1999, our name was
changed to Authoriszor Inc. and the name of our subsidiary was changed to
Authoriszor Limited.

    On January 12, 2000, Authoriszor Holdings Limited, a newly created
wholly-owned subsidiary of Authoriszor Inc., acquired the whole of the issued
share capital of Authoriszor Limited as part of an intra-group re-organization.

    On January 27, 2000, we sold our wholly-owned subsidiary, Toucan Mining plc,
to Golden Ridge Group Limited for an aggregate consideration of L500,000. On the
same date, Toucan Mining plc agreed to transfer to Authoriszor Inc. the
beneficial interest in 2,000,000 shares in Minmet Plc and warrants to subscribe
for ordinary shares of Minmet Plc at a price of L0.08 per share for a further
7,700,000 shares in Minmet Plc for a consideration of L1.

                                       29
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

    The following table sets forth certain information concerning our current
directors and executive officers. The term of office for each director is one
year or until the next meeting of stockholders, at which time elections are held
for each seat on the board of directors.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  POSITION WITH AUTHORISZOR INC.                      DIRECTOR AND/OR
NAME                                    OR AUTHORISZOR LTD.              AGE      EXECUTIVE OFFICER SINCE
- ----                              ------------------------------       --------   -----------------------
<S>                           <C>                                      <C>        <C>
Raymond G. H. Seitz.........  Chairman of Authoriszor Inc.                59                1999

Richard A. Langevin.........  President, Chief Executive Officer,         47                2000
                              Interim Chief Financial Officer and
                              Director of Authoriszor Inc.

James L. Jackson............  Vice President, Secretary and Director      59                1997(1)
                              of Authoriszor Inc. and Managing
                              Director of Authoriszor Ltd.

David R. Wray...............  Director of Authoriszor Inc. and Chief      52                1999
                              Technical Officer of Authoriszor Ltd.

Sir Malcolm L. Rifkind......  Director of Authoriszor Inc.                53                2000

Robert P. Jeffcock..........  Director of Authoriszor Inc.                60                1996

Don Box.....................  Director of Authoriszor Inc.                49                1996

Ian McNeill.................  Chairman of Authoriszor Ltd.                52                1999

David J. Blanchfield........  Research and Development Director of        50                1998(1)
                              Authoriszor Ltd.

Barry Jones.................  Sales and Marketing Director of             56                1999
                              Authoriszor Ltd.
</TABLE>

- ------------------------

(1) James L. Jackson and David J. Blanchfield became directors and executive
    officers of ITIS Technologies Limited, currently named Authoriszor Ltd., in
    1997 and 1998 respectively.

RAYMOND G. H. SEITZ

    Raymond Seitz became our Chairman of the Board of Directors in December 1999
for a three year term. He has served as Vice Chairman of Lehman Brothers Europe,
an investment bank, since 1995 and is currently a Director of Chubb Corporation,
British Airways Plc, Marconi Plc, Cable & Wireless Plc and Rio Tinto Plc. From
1991 through 1994, Mr. Seitz had served as U.S. Ambassador to the United
Kingdom.

RICHARD A. LANGEVIN

    Richard Langevin became our President and Chief Executive Officer in January
2000 for a term ending on December 31, 2003. Mr. Langevin has served on our
Board since January 2000. Mr. Langevin has had 29 years of software and
technology industry experience. From 1993 through 1997, Mr. Langevin provided
management consulting and venture capital investment advice to emerging
technology companies. From 1997 until December 1999, he worked for Bullsoft, the
software division of Groupe Bull, where he served as General Manager--North
America and Senior Director--Worldwide Sales Operations.

JAMES L. JACKSON

    James Jackson is a joint founder of Authoriszor Ltd. and has served as its
Managing Director since the company's inception in 1997. Mr. Jackson joined our
Board in July 1999 and became our Vice President

                                       30
<PAGE>
and Secretary in January 2000. He served as Managing Director of Holdene
Group plc, a UK computer information systems and services company, from 1974
through 1996, the year that Holdene Group plc entered administrative
receivership in the UK.

DAVID R. WRAY

    David Wray is a joint founder and since 1998 has been the Chief Technical
Officer of Authoriszor Ltd. He joined our Board in July 1999. He was the chief
architect of our product suite, which was developed with David J. Blanchfield
and James L. Jackson. Mr. Wray served as Managing Director of Synergetics GB, a
UK software development company, from 1997 through 1999 and of Servo
Computers Ltd., a computer systems integrator in the UK, from 1996 through 1997.
From 1984 through 1996, Mr. Wray held the position of Business Development
Manager at Holdene Group plc, a UK computer information systems and services
company, until such company entered administrative receivership in the UK.

SIR MALCOLM RIFKIND

    Sir Malcolm Rifkind has served on our Board since January 2000 and has been
a consultant to us since October 1999. In his capacity as a consultant, Sir
Malcolm advises us on governmental organizations in the United Kingdom and
United States that require highly secure transfers of critical and confidential
information. In public service since 1974, he has served in the administrations
of English prime ministers Margaret Thatcher and John Major and held posts in
the U.K. including Secretary of State for Scotland, Secretary of State for
Transportation, Secretary of State for Defense and Foreign Secretary. Since his
retirement from public service in 1996, he has served as a consultant to several
businesses including PriceWaterhouse Coopers, and he currently is a director of
Ramco Energy Plc.

ROBERT P. JEFFCOCK

    Robert Jeffcock served as the Chairman of our Board from May 1996 through
November 1999 and served as our Secretary from May 1996 through January 2000.
Mr. Jeffcock served as our President and Chief Executive Officer from May 1996
until December 1996 and resumed these positions on May 31, 1997 and continued in
these positions until January 2000. He also served as our Chief Financial
Officer from May 1996 until January 1998. He continues to serve as a Director on
our Board. For the past twelve years, Mr. Jeffcock has been involved as a
founder and director of a number of businesses in gold and diamond exploration
in South America, including our former operating subsidiary, Toucan Mining Plc.
He was responsible for identifying the opportunity for us to acquire ITIS
Technologies Limited and for managing the acquisition and subsequent
establishment of Authoriszor Ltd. as an operating company.

DON BOX

    Don Box has served as one of our Directors since May 1996 and served as our
Assistant Secretary from May 1996 through January 2000. Mr. Box has served as an
Executive Vice President at Remington Oil and Gas Corporation, a publicly held
oil and gas exploration and production company, since November 1997. He served
as Chairman of the Board of Box Energy Corporation, a public company owning oil
and gas interests in the Gulf of Mexico and mainland U.S., from 1993 through
November 1997, and served as Chief Executive Officer and President of Box Energy
Corporation from January 1996 through November 1997. Don Box holds a Bachelor of
Arts degree in Economics from the Wharton School of Business and a Masters
degree in Business Administration from Southern Methodist University.

IAN MCNEILL

    Ian McNeill has served as Chairman of Authoriszor Ltd. since July 1999. He
served as Managing Director of Commercial Technology Limited, which assists
information companies in the areas of

                                       31
<PAGE>
re-financing and mergers and acquisitions, from 1991 through 1999. Mr. McNeill
is on the Boards of Systemcare Limited and zilex.com, both UK software
suppliers.

DAVID J. BLANCHFIELD

    David Blanchfield is a joint founder of Authoriszor Ltd. and has served as
Director of Research and Development of Authoriszor Ltd. since 1998.
Mr. Blanchfield was a software developer for Synergetics Ltd., a UK software
development company, from 1997 through 1999. He held the position of Personal
Computer Support Manager at Freemans Plc, a UK mail order company, from 1995
through 1997. David Blanchfield has had a varied career in the information
technology industry since 1969.

BARRY JONES

    Barry Jones became the Sales and Marketing Director of Authoriszor Ltd. in
July 1999. From 1996 through 1999, Mr. Jones served as Managing Director of
Ubik.net Ltd., a UK company that specializes in Web-related software. He also
served as Director of European Business Development for Webmate
International Ltd., a subsidiary of Webmat Technology Inc., which develops Web
development software.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

    COMPENSATION.  Directors currently do not receive any cash compensation from
us for their services as members of the Board or Board committees, except as
discussed below. Directors are reimbursed for actual and reasonable out of
pocket expenses in connection with attendance at Board and committee meetings.

    Effective October 1, 1999, we appointed Malcolm Rifkind as a consultant to
our Board of Directors. Under his Consulting Agreement, we granted Sir Malcolm
Rifkind a stock option to acquire 200,000 shares of common stock at an exercise
price of $1.00 per share which is currently exercisable until September 30,
2002, and he is entitled to a retainer of L2,500 per month plus Value Added Tax.
On January 12, 2000, we elected Sir Malcolm Rifkind to the Board.

    On July 22, 1999, we entered into a consultancy agreement with Robert
Jeffcock under which he agreed to perform the roles of our Chairman, President
and Chief Executive Officer. The consultancy was for an initial period of
6 months, after which it was terminable on one month's notice by either party.
The fee payable under this consultancy was $10,000 per month. Mr. Jeffcock
resigned his Chairmanship as of December 1, 1999 and resigned as Chief Executive
Officer and President effective January 1, 2000.

    Effective from December 1, 1999, we appointed Raymond Seitz to our Board to
serve as Chairman. We granted Mr. Seitz a stock option to acquire 200,000 shares
of our common stock at an exercise price of $3.00 per share which is currently
exercisable until October 30, 2002, and he is entitled to a retainer of $4,000
per month. He is required to devote an average of two days per month to his
duties to us.

    In April 1999, Don Box was awarded a stock grant of 20,000 shares of our
common stock for compensation for his services on our Board. These shares, which
are restricted securities as defined in Rule 144 of the Securities Act, were
valued for such purpose at $.20 per share, which was the current price of our
common stock on the OTC Bulletin Board as of April 27, 1999, the date of grant.

    BOARD COMMITTEES.  The audit committee consists of Don Box and Robert
Jeffcock. The audit committee makes recommendations to the Board of Directors
regarding the selection of independent accountants, reviews the results and
scope of audit and other services provided by our independent accountants and
reviews and evaluates our audit and control functions. The compensation
committee consists of Don Box and Sir Malcolm Rifkind. The compensation
committee makes recommendations to the Board of Directors concerning salaries
and incentive compensation for our senior management. The compensation committee
also reviews our benefit plans.

                                       32
<PAGE>
    COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION.  Prior to
January 12, 2000, we did not have a compensation committee or other committee of
the Board of Directors performing similar functions. Decisions concerning
compensation of executive officers generally have been made by the entire Board
of Directors. None of the executive officers or directors currently serves on
the compensation committee of another entity or on any other committee of the
Board of Directors of another entity performing similar functions.

    DESIGNATIONS.  As part of the share sale agreement dated July 22, 1999,
executed in connection with the acquisition of ITIS Technologies Limited, now
named Authoriszor Ltd., James L. Jackson and David R. Wray were nominated and
appointed to serve on our Board of Directors.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

    The following table provides summary information concerning compensation
paid by us to our named executive officers in the fiscal year ended June 30,
1999 for services performed in all capacities for us with respect to our former
President and Chief Executive Officer. We had no other executive officer whose
salary and bonus exceeded $100,000 in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1999 or
whose current salary exceeds $100,000. We have changed our fiscal year end from
December 31 to June 30. The summary information provided is for the 12 months
ended June 30, 1999, the 12 months ended December 31, 1998 and the 12 months
ended December 31, 1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      LONG TERM
                                                                     COMPENSATION
                                             FISCAL     ANNUAL    NO. OF SECURITIES       ALL OTHER
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION                   YEAR      SALARY    UNDERLYING OPTIONS     COMPENSATION
- ---------------------------                 --------   --------   ------------------   ----------------
<S>                                         <C>        <C>        <C>                  <C>
Robert P. Jeffcock, ......................    1999                                      250,000 shares
  President and CEO(1)                                                                    of common
                                                                                           stock(2)
                                              1998     $ 90,000         200,000               --
                                              1997     $120,000              --
</TABLE>

- ------------------------

(1) Mr. Jeffcock resigned as our President and CEO effective January 1, 2000.

(2) In April 1999, Mr. Jeffcock was granted 250,000 shares of our common stock
    in lieu of compensation. These shares, which are restricted securities as
    defined in Rule 144 of the Securities Act, were valued for such purpose at
    $.20 per share, which was the current market price of our common stock on
    the OTC Bulletin Board as of April 27, 1999, the date of grant.

                                       33
<PAGE>
STOCK OPTIONS

    The following table provides summary information concerning grants of stock
options to our former Chief Executive Officer in the fiscal year ended June 30,
1999. We had no other executive officers whose salary and bonus exceeded
$100,000 in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1999 or whose salary currently
exceeds $100,000.

                           OPTION GRANTS DURING 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 INDIVIDUAL GRANTS
                                        --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              NUMBER OF          % OF TOTAL OPTIONS
                                        SECURITIES UNDERLYING   GRANTED TO EMPLOYEES   EXERCISE   EXPIRATION
NAME                                       OPTIONS GRANTED          DURING 1999         PRICE        DATE
- ----                                    ---------------------   --------------------   --------   ----------
<S>                                     <C>                     <C>                    <C>        <C>
Robert P. Jeffcock....................            0(1)                     --             --           --
</TABLE>

- ------------------------

(1) In April 1999, we extended the expiration date of an option to purchase
    200,000 shares of our common stock granted to Mr. Jeffcock prior to our 1999
    fiscal year from December 31, 1999 to January 1, 2001.

    The following table provides certain information concerning the unexercised
options to purchase our common stock held by the named executive officer at
June 30, 1999.

                   AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN FISCAL YEAR
                      1999 AND JUNE 30, 1999 OPTION VALUES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 NUMBER OF
                                                           SECURITIES UNDERLYING           VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                            UNEXERCISED OPTIONS            IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS
                               SHARES                      AT JUNE 30, 1999 (#)            AT JUNE 30, 1999 ($)
                             ACQUIRED ON    VALUE     -------------------------------   ---------------------------
NAME                          EXERCISE     REALIZED     EXERCISABLE     UNEXERCISABLE   EXERCISABLE   UNEXERCISABLE
- ----                         -----------   --------   ---------------   -------------   -----------   -------------
<S>                          <C>           <C>        <C>               <C>             <C>           <C>
Robert P. Jeffcock.........          --         --            200,000           --           0                 --
</TABLE>

1999 STOCK PLAN

    BENEFITS; PURPOSE; SHARES.  Our 1999 Stock Plan, ratified by our Board on
October 4, 1999, currently provides for the issuance to qualified participants
of up to 1,000,000 shares of our common stock pursuant to the grant of stock
options. The Stock Plan is subject to approval by stockholders in the event
required by law or any stock exchange or quotation system on which our common
stock is listed or quoted. The purpose of our Stock Plan is to promote our
interests and the interests of our stockholders by using investment interests in
Authoriszor Inc. to attract, retain and motivate eligible persons, to encourage
and reward their contributions to our performance and to align their interests
with those of our stockholders. As of March 17, 2000, options to purchase
505,714 shares of common stock had been awarded, having exercise prices ranging
from $2.00 to $10.31 per share, under our Stock Plan. Of the options granted,
all have been Non-qualified Stock Options, or NQSOs. We may also grant options
which are intended to qualify as Incentive Stock Options, or ISOs, under
Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code.

    ELIGIBILITY.  Under our Stock Plan, we may grant ISOs to our employees and
officers and to any employee or officer of any parent company or subsidiary
company of ours. We may grant NQSOs to any person eligible to receive ISOs, and
also to Directors and to persons engaged by us, or any parent company or
subsidiary company of ours, to render bona fide consulting and advisory
services.

    ADMINISTRATION.  Our Board of Directors, or a committee appointed by the
Board, is authorized to administer the Stock Plan and has the authority in its
discretion to determine which eligible persons will be granted stock options,
the number of shares subject to options, the period of exercise of each option
and

                                       34
<PAGE>
the terms and conditions of such options. As a condition to the exercise of an
option, the Board may require the person exercising the option to represent and
warrant that the underlying shares are being purchased for investment only and
without any present intention to distribute such shares.

    STOCK OPTIONS.  Under our Stock Plan, we may grant ISOs or NQSOs. When
granted, each option must be designated as either an ISO or an NQSO. However,
regardless of such designation, in the event that the fair market value,
calculated in good faith by the Board based on the trading prices of the shares
of our common stock on the market on which our common stock trades, of shares
underlying ISOs held by an option holder in any calendar year exceeds $100,000,
such options shall be treated as NQSOs. When we grant options under the Stock
Plan, prospective option holders are required to enter into a Stock Option
Agreement with us that sets out the key terms on which the options are to be
granted. The Stock Option Agreements also detail the term of a market stand off
period during which we can require the holder to refrain from selling shares
during the 180-day period following the effective date of our filing a
registration statement under the Securities Act.

    Options are generally non-transferable and are exercisable during the
lifetime of the holder. However, notwithstanding the foregoing, the option may
be transferred or assigned by the holder of the option:

    - to family members, trusts or other entities for the benefit of the holder
      of the option;

    - for the benefit of the family members of the holder of the option by will
      or by the laws of descent and distribution;

    - or by the laws regulating testate or intestate succession applicable to
      the holder of the option.

    EXERCISE PRICE.  The exercise price of shares to be issued upon exercise of
an option is determined by the Board as administrator of the Stock Plan, subject
to the following:

    - In the case of an ISO granted to an employee who, at the time of the grant
      of such option, owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power
      of all of our classes of stock or that of any of our parents or
      subsidiaries, then the exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the
      fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant;

    - In the case of an ISO granted to any other employee, the per share
      exercise price will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per
      share on the date of grant; or

    - In the case of an NQSO, the per share exercise price will be determined by
      the Board as administrator.

    EXERCISE OF OPTIONS.  Option holders under the Stock Plan may exercise their
options at any time after their grant in accordance with the terms of exercise
set forth by the administrator of the Stock Plan and in their Stock Option
Agreements. The administrator has the sole discretion to accelerate the date on
which options may be exercised. In order to exercise options, option holders
must deliver to us a completed notice of exercise together with full payment for
the shares underlying such options. If a holder of options ceases to be a person
eligible to be granted options, his options will be exercisable for three months
after such person ceases to be eligible, except where such change in status is
as a result of the holders' death or disability, where such period is extended
to one year, unless specified in the grant of the option to be some other
period. Options must be exercised within ten years of their grant, or, if
determined by the Board, an earlier date.

    AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION.  Our Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend
or terminate the Stock Plan. The Board shall be required to obtain stockholder
approval of any Stock Plan amendments to the extent necessary to comply with
applicable laws and may seek stockholder approval of any Stock Plan amendments
it deems desirable. No such amendment shall have a retroactive effect on any
options previously granted, unless the relevant option holders consent to such
amendment. The Stock Plan shall terminate automatically on the tenth anniversary
of the date of its adoption.

                                       35
<PAGE>
    FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES--ISO.  The federal income tax consequences,
in general, of the grant and exercise of an ISO under our Stock Plan are as
follows:

    - In general, an employee will not recognize taxable income upon the grant
      or exercise of an ISO and we will not be entitled to any business expense
      deduction with respect to the grant or exercise of an ISO.

    - If the employee holds the shares for at least two years after the date of
      grant and for at least one year after the date of exercise, the
      difference, if any, between the sales price of the shares and the exercise
      price of the option will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss upon
      subsequent disposition of the shares.

    - If the employee disposes of the shares prior to satisfying the holding
      period requirements, the employee will recognize ordinary income at the
      time of the disposition, generally in an amount equal to the excess of the
      fair market value of the shares at the time the option was exercised over
      the exercise price of the option. Generally, we will be allowed a business
      expense deduction to the extent an employee recognized ordinary income.
      The balance of the gain realized, if any, will be short-term or long-term
      capital gain, depending upon whether the shares have been held for at
      least one year after the date of exercise.

    FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES--NQSO.  The federal income tax consequences,
in general, of the grant and exercise of an NQSO under our Stock Plan are as
follows:

    - The basis in shares acquired upon exercise of an NQSO will equal the fair
      market value of such shares at the time of exercise, and the holding
      period of the shares, for capital gain purposes, will begin on the date of
      exercise.

    CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE, MERGERS, ASSET SALES.  In the event that we
cause a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend or any other decrease
or increase in the number of issued shares of our common stock without providing
consideration to option holders, the number of options to which such holders
have rights will be proportionally adjusted for any increase or decrease in the
number of issued shares resulting from any such change in capital structure. In
the event of our proposed dissolution or liquidation, the Board, as
administrator of the Stock Plan, is obliged to notify option holders of such
fact and may, at its discretion, allow such holders to exercise their options up
to 15 days prior to such event. Unless exercised, all options will lapse
immediately prior to a dissolution or liquidation. In the event of a merger of
by us with another corporation, each option may be assumed or an equivalent
option may be substituted by such successor corporation, or a parent or
subsidiary of such successor, without the consent of the option holder.

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

    We entered into an Executive Employment Agreement with Richard A. Langevin,
dated as of January 1, 2000, under which he has been appointed our Chief
Executive Officer. The term of this agreement is four years, expiring
December 31, 2003, and terminable immediately for cause by either Mr. Langevin
or us. Mr. Langevin is entitled to compensation of:

    - a base salary of $225,000;

    - a minimum annual bonus of $125,000, payable in PRO RATA quarterly
      increments, provided that certain quarterly Management-by-Objectives
      targets are achieved; and

    - stock options to purchase a cumulative total of 500,000 shares of common
      stock at an exercise price of $6.75 per share, subject to certain
      adjustments as provided in the Stock Option Agreements, in increments of:

       - 200,000 shares exercisable on or after January 1, 2001;

                                       36
<PAGE>
       - 100,000 shares exercisable on or after January 1, 2002;

       - 100,000 shares exercisable on or after January 1, 2003; and

       - 100,000 shares exercisable on or after January 1, 2004.

    The options terminate on December 31, 2009. At Mr. Langevin's request, we
will file a registration statement on Form S-8 registering the issuance of the
shares underlying his options, provided that we meet the requirements of
Form S-8. In the event of a sale of Authoriszor Inc. during the term of the
agreement, all salary payments and bonus payments under the agreement would
become immediately due and payable and all options would become immediately
exercisable. The agreement contains a nondisclosure provision with an unlimited
duration and non-competition and non-interference provisions effective for
twelve months subsequent to termination of the agreement.

    On July 22, 1999, we entered into a consultancy agreement with Robert
Jeffcock under which he agreed to perform the roles of our Chairman, President
and Chief Executive Officer. The consultancy was for an initial period of
6 months, after which it was terminable on one month's notice by either party.
The fee payable under this consultancy was $10,000 per month. Mr. Jeffcock
resigned his Chairmanship as of December 1, 1999 and resigned as Chief Executive
Officer and President effective January 1, 2000.

    Each of James Jackson, David Wray and David Blanchfield entered into service
agreements with Authoriszor Limited on July 22, 1999, under which they were
appointed as follows:

<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
James Jackson................................  Managing Director
David Wray...................................  Technical Director
David Blanchfield............................  Research Development Director
</TABLE>

    The agreements are all for an initial fixed three year term and terminable
on 12 months' notice after the expiration of the term by either party. They are
each entitled to a salary of approximately $123,750 together with an entitlement
to earn up to a further approximately $41,250 by way of bonus, based on agreed
targets, during the first year after February 18, 2000, the date of completion
of the private placement. In addition, each individual is entitled to receive a
contribution of 7 1/2% of basic salary to his personal pension scheme. The
agreements also contain provisions dealing with the ownership of intellectual
property, and a restrictive covenant for a 12 month period after termination of
employment not to compete with Authoriszor.

    Each of Commercial Technology Limited, which is controlled by Ian McNeill,
and CMM Ventures Limited, which was controlled by Barry Jones, entered into
consultancy agreements with Authoriszor Limited on July 22, 1999, under which:

    - Commercial Technology Limited would provide the services of Ian McNeill to
      manage the financial affairs of Authoriszor Limited; and

    - CMM Ventures Limited would provide the services of Barry Jones as Sales
      and Marketing Director of Authoriszor Limited.

    The fee payable under each such agreement was approximately $4,950 plus
Value Added Tax per month.

    The consultancy agreements were each set up for an initial period of
6 months, and after that period are terminable by either party on one month's
notice.

    The CMM Ventures Limited consultancy agreement was terminated with effect
from November 30, 1999, at which time Barry Jones entered into a service
agreement with Authoriszor Limited with effect from December 1, 1999, on terms
similar to those set out above, at an annual salary of approximately $123,750
and an initial fixed term to expire on December 1, 2001.

                                       37
<PAGE>
    The consultancy fee payable to Commercial Technology Limited was increased
with effect from December 1, 1999 to approximately $10,310 plus Value Added Tax
per month.

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

    Our Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, and Bylaws provide that we
will indemnify our Directors to the full extent permitted by the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and may indemnify our officers and
employees to such extent, except that we will not be obligated to indemnify any
such person with respect to proceedings, claims or actions initiated or brought
voluntarily by any such person and not by way of defense, without our prior
written consent, or for any amounts paid in settlement of an action indemnified
against by us without our prior written consent.

    In addition, our Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, and Bylaws
provide that our directors will not be personally liable to us or our
stockholders for monetary damages for breach of his or her fiduciary duty as a
Director, except for liability:

    - for any breach of the Director's duty of loyalty to us or our
      stockholders;

    - for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional
      misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

    - for willful or negligent conduct in paying dividends or repurchasing stock
      out of other than lawfully available funds; or

    - for any transaction from which the Director derives an improper personal
      benefit.

    Reference is made to Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State
of Delaware which provides for indemnification of directors and officers in
certain circumstances. Section 145 requires us to indemnify such persons against
expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts actually and
reasonably incurred, including expenses of a derivative action, in connection
with any proceeding, whether actual or threatened, to which any such person may
be made a party by reason of the fact that such person is or was our Director or
executive officer or a Director or executive officer of any of our affiliated
enterprises, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner such
person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to our best interests and,
with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his
or her conduct was unlawful.

    We have entered into an employment agreement with Richard A. Langevin under
which we agreed to indemnify and hold him harmless, at a minimum in accordance
with the provisions contained in our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws,
against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs, expenses, including
advancing from time to time his attorney's fees and expenses in advance of the
final disposition of any claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation,
judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement in connection with any
threatened or actual claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation, whether
civil, criminal or administrative, in which the executive is, or is threatened
to be, made a party by reason of having been our Director or officer or serving
or having served at our request as a director, trustee, officer, employee or
agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other
enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan, whether
the basis of such proceeding is alleged action or failure to act in an official
capacity as a director, trustee, officer, employee or agent, provided that we
will have choice of counsel in any such action. Our obligations under such
indemnification provisions will survive the termination of his employment
agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we will not be obligated to indemnify
Mr. Langevin beyond the extent permissible under Section 145 of the Delaware
General Corporation Law and other applicable law, including, without limitation,
applicable securities law.

                                       38
<PAGE>
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

    The following table sets forth information concerning the beneficial
ownership of our common stock, as of March 17, 2000, by each director, each
named executive officer, all directors and executive officers as a group, and
each person known to us to beneficially own 5% or more of our outstanding common
stock. The address for each listed executive officer and director is 1 Justin
Road, Natick, Massachusetts 01760-5565.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                SHARES OF         PERCENTAGE OF SHARES
                                                              COMMON STOCK           OF COMMON STOCK
PERSON OR GROUP                                           BENEFICIALLY OWNED(1)   BENEFICIALLY OWNED(1)
- ---------------                                           ---------------------   ---------------------
<S>                                                       <C>                     <C>
NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS:
James Jackson(2)........................................        1,329,298                  7.6%
David Wray(2)...........................................        1,307,733                  7.5%
Robert Jeffcock(3)......................................        1,000,812                  5.7%
Don Box.................................................           61,500                    *
Raymond Seitz(4)........................................          200,000                  1.1%
Sir Malcolm Rifkind(5)..................................          200,000                  1.1%
Richard A. Langevin(6)..................................                0                    *
Directors and Executive Officers as a Group
  (10 persons)(7).......................................        6,301,266                 35.0%

BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF 5% OR MORE OF OUR
  OUTSTANDING COMMON STOCK
Roy Williams(8).........................................        1,490,834                  8.6%
David Blanchfield(2)....................................        1,307,733                  7.5%
</TABLE>

- ------------------------

*   Less than one percent (1%)

(1) Based upon 17,414,081 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 17,
    2000 and calculated in accordance with Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the
    Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Also includes shares owned by a spouse,
    minor children or by relatives sharing the same home, entities owned or
    controlled by the named person. Also includes shares if the named person has
    the right to acquire such shares within 60 days of March 17, 2000 by the
    exercise of any right or option. Unless otherwise noted, shares are owned of
    record and beneficially by the named person.

(2) Includes shares of our common stock issued to these individuals pursuant to
    the acquisition of ITIS Technologies Ltd., now named Authoriszor Ltd. David
    Blanchfield's holdings of our common stock are included in the category
    Directors and Executive Officers as a group.

(3) Includes 550,812 shares held by Caithness Limited, a company organized under
    the laws of the UK. Mr. Jeffcock is included in a class of potential
    beneficiaries in a UK trust that owns Caithness Limited.

(4) Represents a stock option to acquire 200,000 shares of our common stock at
    an exercise price of $3.00 per share which is currently exercisable until
    October 30, 2002.

(5) Represents a stock option to acquire 200,000 shares of our common stock at
    an exercise price of $1.00 per share which is currently exercisable until
    September 30, 2002.

(6) Mr. Langevin has been granted options to acquire 500,000 shares of our
    common stock at an exercise price of $6.75 per share, which options expire
    December 31, 2009. However, such options vest at January 1, 2001,
    January 1, 2002, January 1, 2003 and January 1, 2004 and thus Mr. Langevin
    will not have the right to acquire such shares within 60 days of this filing
    unless a change of control event occurs. In the event there is a change of
    control of Authoriszor Inc., all of Mr. Langevin's options become
    immediately exercisable.

                                       39
<PAGE>
(7) Includes the shares of common stock acquirable upon exercise of the stock
    options discussed in notes 4 and 5.

(8) Includes 655,334 shares of our common stock held by Zalcany Limited, a
    company organized under the laws of the UK of which Roy Williams owns 50% of
    the issued share capital and is one of two directors; 290,000 shares of our
    common stock held by Mustardseed Estates Ltd., a company organized under the
    laws of the UK of which Roy Williams retains 99.9% voting control; and
    82,500 shares of our common stock held by the Cardinal Williams Pension
    Fund, a UK pension fund of which Roy Williams is one of two trustees. Does
    not include 484,008 shares held by a trust in which Roy Williams is included
    in a class of potential beneficiaries.

                 CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

    The following summarizes certain material agreements between us and our
officers, directors and certain of our existing shareholders. The summary is not
a complete description of such agreements and therefore this discussion is
qualified in its entirety by reference to the agreements, copies of which will
be made available for inspection upon written request. It is our intention that
in the future, transactions with our directors, officers, employees or
affiliates will be minimal and will be approved in advance by a majority of the
disinterested members of our Board of Directors.

    In January 2000, we made an offer to Robert Jeffcock to discount the
exercise price of options held by him from $1.00 to 66.66 cents provided that
his option be exercised no later than January 31, 2000. The options were
exercised in January 2000.

    On October 6, 1999, we repaid a loan of approximately $41,250 from James
Jackson with approximately $16,500 cash consideration and 15,000 shares of
common stock valued at a 20% discount from the current market price. James
Jackson subsequently transferred 7,500 of the shares to an assignee.

    On July 22, 1999, we entered into a consultancy agreement with Robert
Jeffcock under which he agreed to perform the roles of our Chairman, President
and Chief Executive Officer. The consultancy was for an initial period of
6 months, after which it was terminable on one month's notice by either party.
The fee payable under this consultancy was $10,000 per month. Mr. Jeffcock
resigned his Chairmanship as of December 1, 1999 and resigned as Chief Executive
Officer and President effective January 1, 2000.

    We acquired Authoriszor Ltd. on July 22, 1999. Pursuant to the share sale
agreement:

    - Robert Jeffcock and Ian McNeill were elected to the Board of
      Authoriszor Ltd.;

    - we appointed James Jackson and David Wray to our Board of Directors;

    - James Jackson received 1,307,733 shares of our common stock;

    - David Blanchfield received 1,307,733 shares of our common stock;

    - David Wray received 1,307,733 shares of our common stock;

    - Ian McNeill received 688,390 shares of our common stock; and

    - Barry Jones received 68,786 shares of our common stock and an option to
      purchase 131,214 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $2.00
      per share which vests up to 25% per year annually beginning October 1,
      2000.

    Authoriszor Ltd. entered into employment contracts with James Jackson, David
Wray and David Blanchfield. See "Management--Employment Agreements."

                                       40
<PAGE>
    Each of Commercial Technology Limited, which is controlled by Ian McNeill,
and CMM Ventures Limited, which was controlled by Barry Jones, entered into
consultancy agreements with Authoriszor Limited on July 22, 1999, under which:

    - Commercial Technology Limited would provide the services of Ian McNeill to
      manage the financial affairs of Authoriszor Limited; and

    - CMM Ventures Limited would provide the services of Barry Jones as
      Marketing Director designate of Authoriszor Limited.

    The fee payable under each such agreement was approximately $4,950 plus
Value Added Tax per month.

    The consultancy agreements were each set up for an initial period of
6 months, and after that period are terminable by either party on one month's
notice.

    The CMM Ventures Limited consultancy agreement was terminated with effect
from November 30, 1999, at which time Barry Jones entered into a service
agreement with Authoriszor Limited with effect from December 1, 1999, on terms
similar to those set out above, at an annual salary of approximately $123,750
and an initial fixed term to expire on December 1, 2001.

    The consultancy fee payable to Commercial Technology Limited was increased
with effect from December 1, 1999 to approximately $10,310 plus Value Added Tax
per month.

    In July 1999, we issued 300,000 shares of our common stock to Roy Williams
upon the exercise by Minmet Plc of its option to purchase Mineradora de
Bauxita Ltda. as payment of his finder's fee pursuant to his Finder's Fee
Agreement with us. These shares, which are restricted shares under Rule 144 of
the Securities Act, were valued for such purpose at $.20 per share, which was
the current market price of our common stock on the OTC Bulletin Board as of
April 27, 1999, the date we approved the issuance.

    On April 27, 1999 we approved the issuance of 250,000 shares of our common
stock to Robert Jeffcock in lieu of paying Mr. Jeffcock his salary. Such shares
of our common stock were valued for such purpose at $.20 per share, the price of
shares of Common Stock on the OTC Bulletin Board as of April 27, 1999.

    On April 27, 1999, our Board of Directors agreed to amend the terms of
Robert Jeffcock's stock option agreement to extend the exercise date of his
option to purchase 200,000 shares of our common stock to January 1, 2001. Robert
Jeffcock has exercised his option.

                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

    Our authorized capital stock consists of 30,000,000 shares of common stock,
par value $.01 per share, and 2,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value
$.01 per share. The following summary does not purport to be complete and is
qualified by reference to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which are
incorporated by reference as exhibits to the registration statement of which
this prospectus is a part, and by provisions of applicable law.

    As of March 17, 2000, 17,414,081 shares of our common stock and no shares of
our preferred stock were outstanding. As of March 16, 2000, there were 397
holders of record of our Common Stock.

COMMON STOCK

    DIVIDENDS.  Holders of common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if
any, as may be declared by the Board of Directors out of legally available funds
subject to the payment of any preferential dividend to the holders of preferred
stock, if any. To date, we have not paid any cash dividends with respect to the
common stock.

                                       41
<PAGE>
    VOTING RIGHTS.  Holders of common stock do not have cumulative voting
rights. Holders of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held,
subject to certain limitations on such voting rights provided by our certificate
of incorporation.

    PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS.  Holders of common stock have no preemptive rights.

    LIQUIDATION.  In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up,
holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in the assets available
for distribution after payment or provision for payment of our debts and other
liabilities, subject to the rights of any series of preferred stock, if any,
then outstanding.

PREFERRED STOCK

    The authorized preferred stock may be issued from time to time in one or
more designated series or classes. The Board of Directors, without approval of
the stockholders, is authorized to establish the voting, dividend, redemption,
conversion, liquidation and other relative provisions as may be provided in a
particular series or class. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing
flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate
purposes, could, among other things, adversely affect the voting power of the
holders of common stock and, under certain circumstances, make it more difficult
for a third party to acquire, or discourage a third party from acquiring, a
majority of the outstanding voting stock of Authoriszor Inc. We have no present
intention to issue any series or class of preferred stock.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

    We agreed to grant registration rights to the holders of 2,727,273 shares of
our common stock placed in the United Kingdom and Europe under Regulation S of
the Securities Act pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement dated as of
February 16, 2000. The Registration Rights Agreement provides that we are
obligated to prepare and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission as
soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event not later than a date which is
thirty calendar days after the completion of the placement, a registration
statement of which this prospectus forms a part, with respect to the offer and
sale of the shares from the placement by the holders from time to time:

    - in brokerage transactions;

    - over a stock exchange;

    - utilizing the facilities of an inter-dealer quotation system;

    - in an underwritten offering; or

    - in privately negotiated off-market transactions.

    We have agreed to cause the registration statement to become effective under
the Securities Act not later than that date which is sixty days after the
registration statement is filed; provided that if the placement agent of the
shares in the private placement reasonably determines that we are acting in good
faith to cause the registration statement to be declared effective, such date
will be extended to ninety days after filing of the registration statement. We
also agreed to use our best efforts to keep the registration statement
continuously effective in order to permit this prospectus to be usable by
holders of the private placement shares for a period of two years from the date
this registration statement is declared effective by the SEC.

    In the event that:

    - for any reason the registration statement is not filed with the SEC or the
      registration statement is not declared effective, in each instance, within
      the time periods described above; or

    - the registration statement ceases to be effective so that the prospectus
      which forms a part of such registration statement is not usable by the
      holders during the time period described above; or

                                       42
<PAGE>
    - any of the securities remain restricted securities as defined in Rule 144
      promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act following the time when
      the registration statement is effective,

then if any holder so requests the following will apply:

    - We are obligated, as promptly as practicable but in no event not more than
      30 days after so requested by any holder, to file with the SEC and cause
      to be declared effective under the Securities Act, a registration
      statement, which may be at the election of the holder so requesting a
      "shelf" registration statement, relating to the offer and sale of the
      shares from the placement by the requesting holder from time to time in
      accordance with the methods of distribution elected by such holder and set
      forth in such registration statement; provided that, if permitted under
      the Securities Act and by the SEC, we may file a pre- or post effective
      amendment or supplement to the registration statement if such action would
      completely fulfill our obligations.

    - We are obligated to bear all expenses incurred in connection with any
      registration statement and will reimburse the holders whose shares from
      the placement are included in any registration statement for the
      reasonable fees and disbursements of one firm or counsel, in addition to
      one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction, designated by the holders
      of a majority of shares included in such registration statement to act as
      counsel for the holders, up to a cost of $20,000.

    In the event that we fail to comply with any provision of the Registration
Rights Agreement, we are obligated within thirty days after the date on which we
were required to take any action or, if such date is undeterminable, the date of
the receipt by us of a demand from any holder, to purchase from each holder of
our shares from the placement all securities which could have been included in
any registration statement held by each respective holder for a purchase price
equal to the product of:

    - the average market value per share during the period beginning on such
      date and ending on the date of payment of the purchase price multiplied by

    - the number of securities being purchase from such holder.

    We are also obligated to pay all reasonable costs, including all transfer
taxes, stamp duty or SDRT, and fees associated with such purchase by us. Each
holder may, in its sole discretion, waive its right, in whole or in part, to
have us repurchase such securities held by him and retain the ownership of such
securities. For the purpose of calculating the purchase price, market value per
share at any date will be:

    - the highest reported sale price on that date with respect to each type of
      security in question listed on an international securities exchange or
      admitted to unlisted trading privileges on such an exchange or, if
      applicable,

    - the highest reported sale price on that date with respect to each type of
      security in question quoted or traded on the NASD OTC Bulletin Board or
      NASDAQ National Market System or the European Association of Securities
      Dealers Automated Quotation System or, if applicable, or, if applicable,

    - if no such sale is made on such day, the mean of the closing bid and asked
      prices for such day on such exchange or reported by NASD OTC Bulletin
      Board or NASDAQ National Market System or the European Association of
      Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System.

THE STARLIGHT WARRANTS

    GENERAL.  In a merger transaction involving the acquisition of Toucan Mining
Plc, certain stockholders of our predecessor, Starlight Acquisitions Inc.
received warrants to purchase our shares of common stock. The Starlight warrants
entitle their holders to purchase from us, on or before the six month
anniversary of the closing of the first registration of an offering of our
securities pursuant to the Securities

                                       43
<PAGE>
Act, up to 100,000 shares of our common stock at the purchase price of $4.00 per
share, subject to adjustment as provided in the Warrant Agreement.

    EXERCISE.  Any whole number or all of the Starlight warrants may be
exercised upon any single occasion or from time to time on or before the
expiration date. The exercise price may be paid in cash with a remittance for
the aggregate subscription price of the Starlight warrant shares to be
exercised.

    DILUTION.  The number, price and kind of securities or other property for
which the Starlight warrants are exercisable are subject to adjustment in
certain events, such as stock dividends and stock splits, in which case the
number of Starlight warrant shares purchaseable upon exercise of the Starlight
warrants immediately prior to such event will be adjusted so that the Starlight
warrant holders shall be entitled to receive the kind and number of Starlight
warrant shares or other securities of ours that they would have owned or would
have been entitled to receive after the occurrence of any of the events
described above, had the Starlight warrants been exercised immediately prior to
the occurrence of such event or any record date with respect to such event.

    REGISTRATION RIGHTS.  Starlight warrant holders are entitled to certain
"piggyback registration" rights, which, subject to certain limitations and
restrictions, will permit such Starlight warrant holders to include their
Starlight warrant shares in a registration statement of ours if we propose the
registration under the Securities Act of an offering of our equity securities.
The Starlight warrant holders have elected to include the warrant shares in the
registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part under the same
method of distribution as that of the other selling stockholders.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the offering of our securities pursuant to a
registration statement was to be made by or through underwriters, we would not
be required to include the Starlight warrant shares in such registration
statement if and to the extent that the underwriter(s) managing the offering
reasonably believes in good faith that such inclusion of the Starlight warrant
shares would materially adversely affect such offering. In the event the
underwriter(s) held such a conviction, the number of shares to be included in
the registration would be reduced as follows: the number of shares of our common
stock held by Starlight warrant holders and by other shareholders pursuant to
other piggyback registration rights shall be reduced pro rata among the
Starlight warrant holders and additional holders in accordance with the number
of shares of our common stock entitled to be registered pursuant to piggyback
registration rights by such Starlight warrant holders and additional holders.

    All expenses incurred or sustained by us in connection with or arising out
of each registration pursuant to the Warrant Agreement will be borne and paid
for by us; provided, however, that we will not bear any costs for any counsel or
other professional engaged by the Starlight warrant holders so requesting
registration of the Starlight warrant shares. To the extent that registration
expenses incident to the registration are, under the terms of the Warrant
Agreement, not required to be paid by us, each Starlight warrant holder whose
Starlight warrant shares are included in such registration will pay all such
registration expenses that are attributable solely to the registration of such
Starlight warrant shares so included in such registration. The Starlight warrant
holders will be responsible for commissions and discounts with respect to the
sale of such securities to be registered.

CHANGE IN CONTROL

    Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain the following provisions
that could delay, defer or prevent a change in control:

    - the Board of Directors has broad discretion in evaluating any takeover
      attempt and is authorized to use a "poison pill" defense; and

    - the Board of Directors is authorized to issue "blank check" preferred
      stock which provides the Board of Directors broad discretion to determine
      the number of shares, voting rights and preferences of the preferred
      stock.

                                       44
<PAGE>
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

    We have agreed to file a registration statement to register the 2,727,273
shares of our common stock issued pursuant to the placement in the United
Kingdom and Europe under Regulation S of the Securities Act and holders of the
Starlight warrants, described in "Description of Capital Stock--The Starlight
Warrants," have elected to include the 100,000 shares underlying their warrants
in such registration statement.

    We have an aggregate of 17,515,081 shares of common stock outstanding,
assuming no exercise of outstanding options or warrants except the Starlight
warrants. Of the outstanding shares, all of the shares registered pursuant to
this prospectus will be freely tradable, except that any shares acquired by
"affiliates," as that term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the
Securities Act, may only be sold pursuant to a registration statement or in
compliance with the resale limitations of Rule 144 described below.

    In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, a person, or persons
whose shares are required to be aggregated, including an affiliate, who has
beneficially owned restricted shares for at least one year is entitled to sell,
within any three-month period commencing 90 days after the date of this
prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

    - 1% of the then outstanding shares of common stock; or

    - the average weekly trading volume in the common stock during the four
      calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of such sale is filed,
      subject to restrictions.

    In addition, a person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate at any
time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned any
restricted shares proposed to be sold for at least two years would be entitled
to sell such shares under Rule 144(k) without regard to the requirements
described above. To the extent that shares were acquired from an affiliate, such
person's holding period for the purpose of effecting a sale under Rule 144
commences on the date of transfer from the affiliate.

    Our Directors and officers and those of our subsidiaries hold an aggregate
of 5,771,052 shares of common stock, together with options to purchase 1,031,214
shares of common stock.

    As of the date of this prospectus, we have granted options to purchase up to
1,794,383 shares of common stock including options exercisable for 505,714
shares of common stock granted to certain employees, officers, directors and
consultants under the 1999 Stock Plan. We intend to file a registration
statement to register the shares of common stock underlying the currently
outstanding options.

    After the registration of the 2,727,273 shares of common stock from the
placement and the 100,000 shares issuable upon exercise of the Starlight
warrants, assuming these warrants are exercised, there will be 17,515,081 shares
of our common stock issued and outstanding. Of the issued and outstanding shares
after registration, 7,347,256 will be unrestricted shares and 1,000,677 shares
may be sold pursuant to Rule 144. The shares of our common stock held by our
Directors are subject to Lock-Up Agreements between each individual Director and
Beeson Gregory prohibiting the Directors from selling any of their shares for
six months following the closing date of the placement, February 18, 2000.

                                       45
<PAGE>
                   PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION; SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

    This prospectus relates to 2,827,273 shares of our common stock that may be
offered and sold from time to time by our selling stockholders. Set forth below
is information, as of the date of this prospectus, regarding the beneficial
ownership of shares of our common stock by each selling stockholder.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            COMMON STOCK
                                               NUMBER OF SHARES                          BENEFICIALLY OWNED
                                               OF COMMON STOCK         NUMBER OF         AFTER OFFERING(2)
                                              BENEFICIALLY OWNED    SHARES OF COMMON   ----------------------
SELLING STOCKHOLDERS                         PRIOR TO OFFERING(1)    STOCK OFFERED      NUMBER       PERCENT
- --------------------                         --------------------   ----------------   --------      --------
<S>                                          <C>                    <C>                <C>           <C>
John Harold Haynes.........................             4,500              4,500             0           *
RBTSB Nominees Limited.....................           136,000            136,000             0           *
AAZ Finances...............................             9,000              9,000             0           *
Blydenstein Nominees Limited...............             5,000              5,000             0           *
Allied Commercial Exp. Limited.............             3,500              3,500             0           *
Goldman Sachs Securities Nominees
  Limited..................................            28,000             28,000             0           *
Archdream Limited..........................             2,500              2,500             0           *
Vidacos Nominees Limited...................             2,000              2,000             0           *
BGMM Nominees Limited......................            32,000             32,000             0           *
Gareth Richard Lewis.......................               664                664             0           *
Mrs. Rosemary Frances Lewis................               265                265             0           *
Gwilym Alexander Graham Lewis..............               664                664             0           *
Justin Llewellyn Gareth Lewis..............               265                265             0           *
Miss Melissa Harriet Christian Lewis.......               442                442             0           *
RBTSB Nominees Limited.....................            41,589             41,589             0           *
Pershing Keen Nominees Limited
  Account PSL991...........................            45,000             45,000             0           *
Pershing Keen Nominees Limited
  Account PSL982...........................            60,000             60,000             0           *
Fiske Nominees Limited Account GRAYM001....            23,000             23,000             0           *
Fiske Nominees Limited Account GRAYS001....            23,000             23,000             0           *
Robert Fleming Nominees Limited............           115,000            115,000             0           *
Bruce Ashmore..............................             6,500              6,500             0           *
Stephen Donovan............................             2,250              2,250             0           *
Progress Nominees Limited..................             4,500              4,500             0           *
Barnard Nominees Limited...................           110,000            110,000             0           *
J.M. Finn Nominees Limited.................             5,000              5,000             0           *
Bank of New York (Nominees) Limited........           590,000            590,000             0           *
Lewis Powell Nominees Limited..............           210,000            210,000             0           *
James Capel Nominees Limited...............            14,000             14,000             0           *
Petercam S.A...............................            50,000             50,000             0           *
David Turnball Alexander...................             1,373              1,373             0           *
Harvey Freeman.............................               682                682             0           *
Sheila Bergson.............................             1,147              1,147             0           *
Mangareva S.A..............................             1,829              1,829             0           *
Simon Daniel...............................             1,371              1,371             0           *
Nicholas Alexander.........................               915                915             0           *
North Castle Street (Nominees) Limited
  Account DCL13............................               183                183             0           *
Rathbone Nominees Limited..................             4,000              4,000             0           *
State Street Nominees Limited
  Account DK2U.............................            46,000             46,000             0           *
</TABLE>

                                       46
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            COMMON STOCK
                                               NUMBER OF SHARES                          BENEFICIALLY OWNED
                                               OF COMMON STOCK         NUMBER OF         AFTER OFFERING(2)
                                              BENEFICIALLY OWNED    SHARES OF COMMON   ----------------------
SELLING STOCKHOLDERS                         PRIOR TO OFFERING(1)    STOCK OFFERED      NUMBER       PERCENT
- --------------------                         --------------------   ----------------   --------      --------
<S>                                          <C>                    <C>                <C>           <C>
State Street Nominees Limited
  Account DK2E.............................            12,200             12,200             0           *
State Street Nominees Limited
  Account OX11.............................            34,500             34,500             0           *
Rock Nominees Limited......................             9,300              9,300             0           *
Chase Nominees Limited Account CMBL........            22,000             22,000             0           *
Pershing Keen Limited Account SGCLT........            45,000             45,000             0           *
STG Asset Management AG....................            23,500             23,500             0           *
Tarnhelm Securities Limited................               900                900             0           *
RBTSB Nominees Limited.....................            31,000             31,000             0           *
Westdeutsche Landesbank (Schweiz) AG.......             7,500              7,500             0           *
Julian John Tolley.........................               993                993             0           *
David Peter Lawman.........................               330                330             0           *
Willbro Nominees Limited...................            91,000             91,000             0           *
Chase Nominees Limited Account CMBL........            20,000             20,000             0           *
Dunlaw Nominees Limited....................            48,411             48,411             0           *
Bank of New York (Nominees) Limited........             6,500              6,500             0           *
Morstan Nominees Limited...................            70,000             70,000             0           *
Bank of New York (Nominees) Limited........            64,000             64,000             0           *
RBTSB Nominees Limited.....................             3,000              3,000             0           *
Beeson Gregory Nominees Limited............           112,000            112,000             0           *
Beeson Gregory Nominees Limited............            73,500             73,500             0           *
Beeson Gregory Nominees Limited............            31,500             31,500             0           *
Beeson Gregory Nominees Limited............            20,000             20,000             0           *
Beeson Gregory Nominees Limited............            50,000             50,000             0           *
Beeson Gregory Nominees Limited............            28,000             28,000             0           *
HSBC Global Custody Nominee (UK) Limited...            56,000             56,000             0           *
RBTSB Nominees Limited.....................            57,000             57,000             0           *
RBTSB Nominees Limited.....................           114,000            114,000             0           *
RBTSB Nominees Limited.....................           113,000            113,000             0           *
R. Hadyn Silleck...........................            37,000             25,000        12,000           *
John B. Marvin.............................            25,000             25,000             0           *
Peter S. Daley.............................            35,000             25,000        10,000           *
Jay Lutsky.................................            97,000             25,000        72,000           *
</TABLE>

- ------------------------

*   Indicates less than 1%.

(1) Unless otherwise indicated, to our knowledge, the persons and entities named
    in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all
    shares of our common stock beneficially owned, subject to community property
    laws where applicable. Represents those shares of common stock held by the
    selling stockholders, if any, together with those shares that such selling
    stockholder has the right to acquire upon exercise of warrants or otherwise
    within 60 days.

(2) Assumes that all shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus by
    each selling stockholder are actually sold. Such presentation is based on
    17,414,081 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 17, 2000.

PLACEMENT SHARES

    The shares of our common stock beneficially owned by certain of our selling
stockholders were acquired on February 18, 2000, in a placement of 2,727,273
shares of our common stock at a price of $11.00

                                       47
<PAGE>
per share. The placement was made pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities
Act in the United Kingdom and Europe. In connection with the placement, we
agreed to file the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

    We agreed to grant certain registration rights to the holders of our shares
from the placement under a Registration Rights Agreement dated February 16,
2000, entered into in anticipation of the completion of the placement. The
Registration Rights Agreement provides that we are obligated to prepare and file
with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement of which
this prospectus forms a part, with respect to the offer and sale of the shares
from the placement by the holders from time to time. See "Description of Capital
Stock--Registration Rights Agreement."

WARRANT SHARES

    The remaining shares of our common stock beneficially owned by the selling
stockholders were acquired in a merger transaction involving the acquisition of
Toucan Mining Plc. Certain stockholders of our predecessor, Starlight
Acquisitions Inc., received warrants to purchase our shares of common stock. The
Starlight warrants entitle their holders to purchase from us, on or before the
six month anniversary of the closing of the first registration of an offering of
our securities pursuant to the Securities Act, up to 100,000 shares of our
common stock at the purchase price of $4.00 per share, subject to adjustment as
provided in the Warrant Agreement.

    Starlight warrant holders are entitled to certain "piggyback registration"
rights, which, subject to certain limitations and restrictions, will permit such
Starlight warrant holders to include their Starlight warrant shares in this
registration statement. See "Description of Capital Stock--Starlight Warrants."

    Except as specifically set forth in this prospectus, none of the selling
stockholders has, or within the past three years has had, any position, office
or other material relationship with us or any of our predecessors or affiliates.

    We have been advised by the selling stockholders that they or, subject to
applicable law, their pledgees, donees, distributees, transferees or other
successors in interest, intend to sell all or a portion of the shares of common
stock offered by this prospectus from time to time:

    - on the OTC Bulletin Board or NASDAQ National Market if the shares are
      listed on NASDAQ;

    - otherwise than on the OTC Bulletin Board or NASDAQ National Market if the
      shares are listed on NASDAQ;

    - in negotiated transactions at fixed prices which may be changed;

    - at market prices prevailing at the time of sale or at reasonably related
      prices or at negotiated prices; or

    - by a combination of the foregoing methods of sale, any of which may
      involve crosses and block transactions.

The selling stockholders may effect such transactions by selling the shares of
common stock to or through broker-dealers, and such broker-dealers may receive
compensation in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions from the
selling stockholders and/or the purchasers of the shares of common stock for
which such broker-dealers may act as agent or to whom they may sell as
principal, or both. We are not aware as of the date of this prospectus of any
agreements between any of the selling stockholders and any broker-dealers with
respect to the sale of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. In
connection with distributions of the shares of common stock or otherwise, the
selling stockholders may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers. In
connection with such transactions, broker-dealers may engage in short sales of
the shares of common stock registered under this prospectus in the course of
hedging the positions they assume with selling stockholders. The selling
stockholders may also sell shares of our

                                       48
<PAGE>
common stock short and deliver the shares of common stock to close out such
short positions. The selling stockholders may also enter into option or other
transactions with broker-dealers which require the delivery to the broker-dealer
of the shares of common stock registered under this prospectus, which the
broker-dealer may resell pursuant to this prospectus. The selling stockholders
may also pledge the shares of common stock registered hereunder to a broker or
dealer and upon a default, the broker or dealer may effect sales of the pledged
shares of common stock pursuant to this prospectus.

    The selling stockholders and any broker, dealer or other agent executing
sell orders on behalf of the selling stockholders may be deemed to be
"underwriters" within the meaning of the Securities Act, in which event
commissions received by any such broker, dealer or agent and profit on any
resale of the shares of principal may be deemed to be underwriting commissions
under the Securities Act. Such commissions received by a broker, dealer or agent
may be in excess of customary compensation. The shares of common stock may also
be sold in accordance with Section 4(1) of the Securities Act or Rule 144 and
Rule 145 under the Securities Act.

    Information as to whether underwriters who may be selected by the selling
stockholders, or any other broker-dealer, is acting as principal or agent for
the selling stockholders, the compensation to be received by underwriters who
may be selected by the selling stockholders, or any broker-dealer, acting as
principal or agent for the selling stockholders and the compensation to be
received by other broker-dealers, will, to the extent required by law be set
forth in a supplement to this prospectus. Any dealer or broker participating in
any distribution of the shares of our common stock may be required to deliver a
copy of this prospectus, including the prospectus supplement, if any, to any
person who purchases any of the shares of our common stock from or through such
dealer or broker.

    All expenses of registration incurred in connection with the offering will
be borne by us. All selling and other expenses incurred by the selling
stockholders will be borne by the selling stockholders.

    The selling stockholders will be subject to applicable provisions of the
Securities Exchange Act and its rules and regulations, including without
limitation, Rule 102 under Regulation M, which provisions may limit the timing
of purchases and sales of any of the common stock by the selling stockholders.
Rule 102 under Regulation M provides, with certain exceptions, that it is
unlawful for a selling stockholder or its affiliated purchaser to, directly or
indirectly, bid for or purchase or attempt to induce any person to bid for or
purchase, for an account in which the selling stockholder or affiliated
purchaser has a beneficial interest in any securities that are the subject of
the distribution during the applicable restricted period under Regulation M. All
of the foregoing may affect the marketability of the common stock. We will
require each selling stockholder, and his or her broker if applicable, to
provide a letter that acknowledges his compliance with Regulation M under the
Securities Exchange Act before authorizing the transfer of such selling
stockholder's shares of common stock.

    The selling stockholders may offer all of the shares of common stock for
sale. Further, because it is possible that a significant number of shares could
be sold at the same time under this prospectus, such sales, or the possibility
thereof, may have a depressive effect on the market price of our common stock.

                      WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

    We have filed a registration statement on Form S-1 with the Securities and
Exchange Commission with respect to the common stock offered in this offering.
For further information about us and this offering, you should refer to our
registration statement and its exhibits. Since the prospectus may not contain
all of the information that you may find important, you should review the full
text of the documents included or incorporated by reference in the registration
statement.

    We file reports and other information with the Securities and Exchange
Commission. Our Securities and Exchange Commission filings are also available
over the Internet at the Securities and Exchange Commission's website at
http://www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file at the

                                       49
<PAGE>
Securities and Exchange Commission's public reference room at 450 Fifth Street,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the Securities and Exchange Commission
at 1-800-SEC-0330 for more information on the public reference room and their
copy charges.

    You may request a copy of any filings referenced above, excluding exhibits,
at no cost, by contacting Richard A. Langevin, our Chief Executive Officer, at
the following address:

                                Authoriszor Inc.
                                1 Justin Road
                                Natick, Massachusetts 01760-5565
                                (508) 650-3916

    You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We
have not authorized any other person to provide you with different information.
If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should
not rely on it. We are not making an offer to sell these securities in any
jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that
the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate as of the date on the
front cover of this prospectus only. Our business, financial condition, results
of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

                                 LEGAL MATTERS

    The validity of the common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed
upon for us by Jenkens & Gilchrist, a Professional Corporation, Dallas, Texas.

                                    EXPERTS

    The consolidated financial statements of Authoriszor Inc. as of June 30,
1999 and 1998 and for the years then ended and for the period January 15 (date
of inception) to June 30, 1997 and 1999 have been audited by Grant Thornton.

    The consolidated statements of Toucan Gold Corporation as of December 31,
1998 and 1997 and for the three years in the period December 31, 1998 have been
audited by Grant Thornton LLP.

    The financial statements of WRDC Limited as of July 31, 1999 and for the
year end have been audited by Brown Butler & Co.

    The financial statements of WRDC Limited as of July 31, 1998 and 1997 and
for the years then ended have been audited by Marcus Phillips. Each have been
included in this prospectus and in the registration statement in reliance on the
authority of those firms as experts in accounting and auditing.

                                       50
<PAGE>
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                PAGE
                                                              --------
<S>                                                           <C>
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF AUTHORISZOR INC.
  Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants........     F-2
  Consolidated Balance Sheets...............................     F-3
  Consolidated Statements of Operations.....................     F-4
  Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity
    (Deficit)...............................................     F-5
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.....................     F-6
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements................     F-7

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF WRDC LIMITED

  WRDC LIMITED JULY 31, 1999
  Director's Report.........................................    F-14
  Auditor's Report..........................................    F-16
  Profit and Loss Account...................................    F-17
  Balance Sheet.............................................    F-18
  Cash Flow Statement.......................................    F-19
  Notes to the Financial Statements.........................    F-20

  WRDC LIMITED JULY 31, 1998
  Director's Report.........................................    F-30
  Auditor's Report..........................................    F-32
  Profit and Loss Account...................................    F-33
  Balance Sheet.............................................    F-34
  Statement of total recognised gains and losses............    F-35
  Notes to the Financial Statements.........................    F-36

  WRDC LIMITED JULY 31, 1997
  Director's Report.........................................    F-47
  Auditor's Report..........................................    F-49
  Profit and Loss Account...................................    F-50
  Balance Sheet.............................................    F-51
  Statement of total recognised gains and losses............    F-52
  Notes to the Financial Statements.........................    F-53

PRO FORMA CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  Note to Condensed Financial Statements....................
  Pro Forma Condensed Balance Sheet.........................    F-62
  Pro Forma Condensed Statements of Operations..............    F-63

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF TOUCAN GOLD CORPORATION

  Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants........    F-64
  Consolidated Balance Sheets...............................    F-65
  Consolidated Statements of Operations.....................    F-66
  Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity............    F-67
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.....................    F-68
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements................    F-69
</TABLE>

                                      F-1
<PAGE>
               REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

Board of Directors

Authoriszor Inc.

    We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Authoriszor
Inc. (a development stage enterprise) as of June 30, 1999 and 1998 and the
related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity (deficit)
and cash flows for the years then ended and for the periods January 15, 1997
(date of inception) to June 30, 1997 and 1999. These financial statements are
the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

    We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan
and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

    In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of
Authoriszor Inc. as of June 30, 1999 and 1998 and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for the years then ended and for the periods
January 15, 1997 (date of inception) to June 30, 1997 and 1999, in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.

GRANT THORNTON

Leeds, England

November 10, 1999

                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                                AUTHORISZOR INC

                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)

                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                                         JUNE 30, 1998    JUNE 30, 1999        1999
                                                         --------------   --------------   -------------
                                                                                            (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                      <C>              <C>              <C>
                                ASSETS

Cash...................................................     $    617         $    698       $   394,505
VAT recoverable and other assets.......................          432            2,498            82,269
                                                            --------         --------       -----------
Total current assets...................................        1,049            3,196           476,774
Advance receivable (Note D)............................           --               --           160,800
Investment in securities, at cost......................           --               --           346,500
Investment in subsidiary held-for-sale (Note E)........           --               --         1,415,950
Computer and office equipment, net of accumulated
  depreciation of $260, $10,395 and $38,296,
  respectively.........................................        4,175           21,594           155,928
Intangible assets......................................           --               --            30,000
                                                            --------         --------       -----------
                                                               4,175           21,594         2,109,178
                                                            --------         --------       -----------
                                                            $  5,224         $ 24,790       $ 2,585,952
                                                            ========         ========       ===========

            LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT)/EQUITY

Accounts payable to related parties (Note F)...........     $ 21,979         $ 76,144       $    27,906
Accounts payable and other liabilities.................       12,751           24,526           155,968
                                                            --------         --------       -----------
Total current liabilities..............................       34,730          100,670           183,874
Stockholders' equity (deficit)
  Preferred stock, par value $.01 per share;
    authorized: 2,000,000 shares; issued and
    outstanding: none..................................           --               --                --
  Common stock, $.01 par value per share; authorized:
    30,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding: 60
    shares at June 30, 1998 and 1999 and 14,316,808
    shares at December 31, 1999........................            9                9           143,168
  Additional paid-in capital...........................           --               --         4,057,819
  Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)........         (411)           2,846            (5,354)
  Accumulated deficit during the development stage.....      (29,104)         (78,735)       (1,793,555)
                                                            --------         --------       -----------
                                                             (29,506)         (75,880)        2,402,078
                                                            --------         --------       -----------
                                                            $  5,224         $ 24,790       $ 2,585,952
                                                            ========         ========       ===========
</TABLE>

        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                                AUTHORISZOR INC.
                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    JANUARY 15, 1997                                 JANUARY 15,
                                        (DATE OF              FOR THE YEARS          1997 (DATE     FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                       INCEPTION)            ENDED JUNE 30,         OF INCEPTION)         DECEMBER 31,
                                       TO JUNE 30,      -------------------------    TO JUNE 30,    -------------------------
                                          1997             1998          1999           1999           1998          1999
                                    -----------------   -----------   -----------   -------------   -----------   -----------
                                                                                                    (UNAUDITED)   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                 <C>                 <C>           <C>           <C>             <C>           <C>
Net sales.........................     $     3,290      $        --   $    33,711     $  37,001     $    32,682   $        --
Cost of sales.....................              --               --        10,559        10,559           8,962            --
                                       -----------      -----------   -----------     ---------     -----------   -----------
Gross profit......................           3,290               --        23,152        26,442          23,720            --
Operating expenses
  Professional fees...............              --               --         5,071         5,071           5,071       696,399
  Marketing and advertising.......              --               --            --            --              --       212,229
  Administrative..................           8,573           23,821        67,712       100,106          30,449       715,549
                                       -----------      -----------   -----------     ---------     -----------   -----------
  Total operating costs and
    expenses......................           8,573           23,821        72,783       105,177          35,520     1,624,177
Operating loss....................          (5,283)         (23,821)      (49,631)      (78,735)        (11,800)   (1,624,177)
Other income (expense)
  Interest income.................              --               --            --            --              --         1,526
  Writedown of subsidiary
    held-for-sale.................              --               --            --            --              --      (291,448)
  Gain on sale of investments.....              --               --            --            --              --       199,279
                                       -----------      -----------   -----------     ---------     -----------   -----------
  Total other income (expense)....              --               --            --            --              --       (90,643)
                                       -----------      -----------   -----------     ---------     -----------   -----------
Net loss..........................     $    (5,283)     $   (23,821)  $   (49,631)    $ (78,735)    $   (11,800)  $(1,714,820)
                                       ===========      ===========   ===========     =========     ===========   ===========
Weighted average shares
  outstanding.....................      13,765,808       13,765,808    13,765,808                    13,765,808    13,844,311
                                       ===========      ===========   ===========                   ===========   ===========
Net loss per common share
  Basic and diluted...............     $     (0.00)     $     (0.00)  $     (0.00)                  $     (0.00)  $     (0.12)
                                       ===========      ===========   ===========                   ===========   ===========

<CAPTION>
                                    JANUARY 15, 1997
                                        (DATE OF
                                     INCEPTION) TO
                                      DECEMBER 31,
                                          1999
                                    ----------------
                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                 <C>
Net sales.........................     $    37,001
Cost of sales.....................          10,559
                                       -----------
Gross profit......................          26,442
Operating expenses
  Professional fees...............         701,470
  Marketing and advertising.......         212,229
  Administrative..................         815,655
                                       -----------
  Total operating costs and
    expenses......................       1,729,354
Operating loss....................      (1,702,912)
Other income (expense)
  Interest income.................           1,526
  Writedown of subsidiary
    held-for-sale.................        (291,448)
  Gain on sale of investments.....         199,279
                                       -----------
  Total other income (expense)....         (90,643)
                                       -----------
Net loss..........................     $(1,793,555)
                                       ===========
Weighted average shares
  outstanding.....................
Net loss per common share
  Basic and diluted...............
</TABLE>

        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                                AUTHORISZOR INC.

                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)

            CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    ACCUMULATED
                                                                                       OTHER                       COMPRE-
                                   COMMON STOCK        ADDITIONAL                     COMPRE-                      HENSIVE
                               ---------------------    PAID-IN     ACCUMULATED       HENSIVE                      INCOME
                                 SHARES      AMOUNT     CAPITAL       DEFICIT      INCOME (LOSS)      TOTAL        (LOSS)
                               ----------   --------   ----------   ------------   -------------   -----------   -----------
<S>                            <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>            <C>             <C>           <C>
January 15, 1997 (date of
  inception).................          --   $     --   $       --   $        --       $    --      $        --   $        --
Issuance of common stock
  ($0.06 per share)..........          20          3           --            --            --                3            --
Comprehensive income (loss):
  Foreign currency
    translation adjustment...          --         --           --            --           (62)             (62)          (62)
  Net loss during the
    period...................          --         --           --        (5,283)           --           (5,283)       (5,283)
                                                                                                                 -----------
Total comprehensive loss.....          --         --           --            --            --               --        (5,345)
                               ----------   --------   ----------   -----------       -------      -----------   ===========

Balance at June 30, 1997.....          20          3           --        (5,283)          (62)          (5,342)
Issuance of common stock
  ($0.15 per share)..........          40          6           --            --            --                6
Comprehensive income (loss):
  Foreign currency
    translation adjustment...          --         --           --            --          (349)            (349)         (349)
  Net loss for the year......          --         --           --       (23,821)           --          (23,821)      (23,821)
                                                                                                                 -----------
Total comprehensive loss.....          --         --           --            --            --               --       (24,170)
                               ----------   --------   ----------   -----------       -------      -----------   ===========

Balance at June 30, 1998.....          60          9           --       (29,104)         (411)         (29,506)
Comprehensive income (loss):
  Foreign currency
    translation adjustment...          --         --           --            --         3,257            3,257         3,257
  Net loss for the year......          --         --           --       (49,631)           --          (49,631)      (49,631)
                                                                                                                 -----------
Total comprehensive loss.....          --         --           --            --            --               --       (46,374)
                               ----------   --------   ----------   -----------       -------      -----------   ===========

Balance at June 30, 1999.....          60          9           --       (78,735)        2,846          (75,880)
Issuance of common stock
  ($0.16 per share)..........      17,835      2,828           --            --            --            2,828
Recapitalization.............  13,747,913    134,821    3,097,172            --            --        3,231,993
Issuance of common stock for
  cash
  ($1.00 per share)..........     436,000      4,360      450,789            --            --          455,149
  ($2.10 per share)..........      15,000        150       31,360            --            --           31,510
Issuance of common stock for
  services ($4.79 per
  share).....................     100,000      1,000      478,498            --            --          479,498
Comprehensive income (loss):
  Foreign currency
    translation adjustment...          --         --           --            --        (8,200)          (8,200)       (8,200)
  Net loss during the
    period...................          --         --           --    (1,714,820)           --       (1,714,820)   (1,714,820)
                                                                                                                 -----------
Total comprehensive loss.....          --         --           --            --            --               --    (1,723,020)
                               ----------   --------   ----------   -----------       -------      -----------   ===========
Balance at December 31, 1999
  (Unaudited)................  14,316,808   $143,168   $4,057,819   $(1,793,555)      $(5,354)     $ 2,402,078
                               ==========   ========   ==========   ===========       =======      ===========
</TABLE>

         The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.

                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                                AUTHORISZOR INC.
                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   JANUARY 15,                           JANUARY 15,                                 JANUARY 15,
                                  1997 (DATE OF       YEARS ENDED       1997 (DATE OF          SIX MONTHS           1997 (DATE OF
                                  INCEPTION) TO        JUNE 30,         INCEPTION) TO      ENDED DECEMBER 31,       INCEPTION) TO
                                    JUNE 30,      -------------------     JUNE 30,      -------------------------   DECEMBER 31,
                                      1997          1998       1999         1999           1998          1999           1999
                                  -------------   --------   --------   -------------   -----------   -----------   -------------
                                                                                        (UNAUDITED)   (UNAUDITED)    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                               <C>             <C>        <C>        <C>             <C>           <C>           <C>
Cash flows (used in) provided by
  operating activities
  Net loss during the period....     $(5,283)     $(23,821)  $(49,631)    $(78,735)      $(11,800)    $(1,714,820)   $(1,793,555)
  Adjustments to reconcile net
    loss to net cash (used in)
    provided by operating
    activities:
    Fair value in exchange for
      services..................          --            --         --           --             --        406,600         406,600
    Non-cash compensation
      expense...................          --            --         --           --             --         52,849          52,849
    Writedown of subsidiary
      held-for-sale.............          --            --         --           --             --        291,448         291,448
    Gain on sale of
      investments...............          --            --         --           --             --       (199,279)       (199,279)
    Depreciation................          15           245     10,135       10,395            604         27,901          38,296
    Receivables and other
      assets....................      (3,866)        3,450     (2,172)      (2,588)       (18,944)       (80,766)        (83,354)
    Accounts payable and accrued
      liabilities...............      10,690        23,554     70,176      104,420         39,261         83,570         187,990
                                     -------      --------   --------     --------       --------     -----------    -----------
      Total adjustments.........       6,839        27,249     78,139      112,227         20,921        582,323         694,550
                                     -------      --------   --------     --------       --------     -----------    -----------

Net cash (used in) provided by
  operating activities..........       1,556         3,428     28,508       33,492          9,121     (1,132,497)     (1,099,005)

Net cash flows (used in)
  provided by investing
  activities
  Acquisition of equipment......        (625)       (3,751)   (28,399)     (32,775)        (1,027)      (161,740)       (194,515)
  Sale of investments in
    securities..................          --            --         --           --             --      1,360,579       1,360,579
  Advance to WRDC...............          --            --         --           --             --       (160,800)       (160,800)
  Purchase of intangible
    assets......................          --            --         --           --             --        (30,000)        (30,000)
                                     -------      --------   --------     --------       --------     -----------    -----------

Net cash flows (used in )
  provided by investing
  activities....................     $  (625)     $ (3,751)  $(28,399)    $(32,775)      $ (1,027)    $1,008,039     $   975,264

Cash flows provided by financing
  activities
  Proceeds from issuance of
    stock.......................           3             6         --            9             --        506,708         506,717
  Recapitalization..............          --            --         --           --             --            711             711
                                     -------      --------   --------     --------       --------     -----------    -----------
  Net cash flows provided by
    financing activities........           3             6         --            9             --        507,419         507,428

Effect of exchange rate changes
  on cash.......................          10           (10)       (28)         (28)          (583)        10,846          10,818
                                     -------      --------   --------     --------       --------     -----------    -----------
Net (decrease) increase in
  cash..........................         944          (327)        81          698          7,511        393,807         394,505

Cash at beginning of period.....          --           944        617           --            617            698              --
                                     -------      --------   --------     --------       --------     -----------    -----------
Cash at end of period...........     $   944      $    617   $    698     $    698       $  8,128     $  394,505     $   394,505
                                     =======      ========   ========     ========       ========     ===========    ===========

Supplemental disclosure of cash
  flow information:
  Cash paid during the period
    for:
    Interest....................     $    --      $     --   $     --     $     --       $     --     $       --     $        --
    Taxes.......................          --            --         --           --             --             --              --
</TABLE>

        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                                AUTHORISZOR INC.

                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 (INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND THE SIX-MONTH PERIODS ENDED
                    DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1999 IS UNAUDITED)

    A summary of significant accounting policies consistently applied in the
preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements follows.
Insofar as the notes refer to the six months ended December 31, 1999 and 1998,
they are not audited. In the opinion of management, all adjustments necessary
for a fair presentation of the unaudited consolidated financial position as of
December 31, 1999 and the unaudited consolidated results of operations and cash
flows for the six months ended December 31, 1999 and 1998 have been made. All
such adjustments, in the opinion of management, are of a normal recurring
nature. The results of operations for the periods presented are not necessarily
indicative of the results to be expected for the full fiscal year.

NOTE A--COMPANY DESCRIPTION

    Authoriszor Inc. (the Company) develops and sells an internet, extranet and
intranet security solution that has been designed to manage identity, access
security, usage and functionality characteristics of Wide Area Networks accessed
through World-Wide Web technology.

NOTE B--RECAPITALIZATION OF SHARES

    On July 22, 1999, Toucan Gold Corporation (a public company incorporated
under the laws of the State of Delaware, United States of America, in
July 1996) (Toucan) acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of Authoriszor
Limited (formerly known as ITIS Technologies Ltd, a company incorporated
pursuant to English Law in January 1997), in exchange for restricted shares of
common stock of Toucan (the Exchange) pursuant to a Share Exchange Agreement
between Toucan and Authoriszor Limited. Toucan exchanged 4,680,375 shares of
common stock for all of Authoriszor Limited's issued and outstanding shares of
common stock. At June 30, 1999, Toucan had disposed of all of its operations.
For accounting purposes, the Exchange has been treated as a recapitalization of
Authoriszor Limited. The accompanying financial statements are those of
Authoriszor Limited. Also, Toucan changed its name to Authoriszor Inc. and its
fiscal year end to June 30, that of Authoriszor Limited. Immediately after the
Exchange, Authoriszor Limited's former shareholders owned approximately 34% of
the outstanding common stock of Toucan.

NOTE C--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

    DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY

    The Company (a development stage company) is in the development stage as
defined by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 7, Accounting and
Reporting by Development Stage Enterprises.

    SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT COSTS

    Software development costs are expensed as incurred. Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 86 Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software to be
Sold, Leased, or Otherwise Marketed (SFAS No. 86) requires the capitalization of
certain software development costs once technological feasibility is
established, which the Company defines as establishment of a working model. The
working model criteria used as the Company's process of creating software
(including enhancements) does not include a detailed program design. To date,
the period between achieving technological feasibility and the general
availability

                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                                AUTHORISZOR INC.

                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 (INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND THE SIX-MONTH PERIODS ENDED
                    DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1999 IS UNAUDITED)

NOTE C--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
of such software has been short and software development costs qualifying for
capitalization have been insignificant. Accordingly, the Company has not
capitalized any software development costs.

    COMPUTER AND OFFICE EQUIPMENT

    Computer and office equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is provided
in amounts sufficient to relate the cost of depreciable assets to operations
over their estimated services lives. The straight line method of depreciation is
followed for financial reporting purposes. The useful life is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               YEARS
                                                              --------
<S>                                                           <C>
Computer and office equipment...............................    3-10
</TABLE>

    Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred
and additions and improvements that significantly extend the lives of assets are
capitalized. Upon sale or retirement of depreciable property, the cost and
accumulated depreciation are removed from the related accounts and any gain or
loss is reflected in the results of operations.

    CASH

    For the purposes of the financial statements, the Company considers all
highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or
less to be cash equivalents.

    INCOME TAXES

    The Company utilizes the liability method of accounting for income taxes.
Under the liability method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are provided on
differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities
and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect
when the differences are expected to reverse. An allowance against deferred tax
assets is recorded when it is more likely than not that such tax benefits will
not be realized.

    USE OF ESTIMATES IN FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

    In preparing financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles, management makes estimates and assumptions that affect
the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent
assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the
reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual
results could differ from those estimates.

    NET LOSS PER SHARE

    For all periods presented other than December 31, 1999, the Company's net
loss per share amount has been computed by dividing net loss by the number of
shares (4,680,375) issued by Toucan on July 22, 1999, for the acquisition of all
of the Company's issued and outstanding shares, added to the weighted average
shares outstanding of Toucan (9,085,433) held by the pre-merger Toucan
shareholders. For the period

                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                                AUTHORISZOR INC.

                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 (INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND THE SIX-MONTH PERIODS ENDED
                    DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1999 IS UNAUDITED)

NOTE C--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
ended December 31, 1999, loss per common share is based on the weighted average
number of common shares outstanding during the period. Stock options excluded
from the calculation of loss per share because their effect is anti-dilutive
amounted to 1,209,547 for the six months ended December 31, 1999.

    FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

    The Company's financial instruments consists of cash, trade receivables,
trade payables and accrued liabilities. The carrying amount of these instruments
approximate the fair values because of their short maturity.

    INVESTMENT IN SECURITIES

    At December 31, 1999, the Company held 3,000,000 shares of stock in an Irish
publicly traded company, Minmet Plc (Minmet). The securities are carried at cost
because of restrictions that prevent their sale until 2001. At December 31,
1999, the quoted market price was L.28 ($.46 at the then exchange rate).

    REVENUE RECOGNITION

    Revenue is recognized upon product shipment.

    FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION

    The functional currency of the Company is the British pound sterling. The
financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars using the principles set out
in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 52 Foreign Currency
Translation (SFAS No. 52). Assets and liabilities are translated at the rate of
exchange in effect at the close of the period. Revenues and expenses are
translated at the weighted average of exchange rates in effect during the
period. The effects of exchange rate fluctuations on translating foreign
currency assets and liabilities into U.S. dollars are included as part of the
accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) component of stockholders' equity.

    SEGMENT INFORMATION

    The Company's operations involve a single industry segment, the development
and distribution of an internet, extranet and intranet security solution
software. The Company operates in two geographic segments being the United
Kingdom and the United States. At present, the Company's main operations are
conducted through Authoriszor Limited in the United Kingdom.

    NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS NOT YET ADOPTED

    In June 1998, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (SFAS
No. 133). This statement establishes accounting and reporting standards for
derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in
other contracts (collectively referred to as derivatives), and for hedging
activities. It requires that an entity recognize all derivatives as either
assets or liabilities in the statement of financial position and measure

                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                                AUTHORISZOR INC.

                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 (INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND THE SIX-MONTH PERIODS ENDED
                    DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1999 IS UNAUDITED)

NOTE C--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
those instruments at fair value. The Company is currently assessing the effects
of adopting SFAS No. 133, and has not yet made a determination of the impact on
its financial position or results of operations. SFAS No. 133 will be effective
for the Company's first quarter of fiscal year 2001.

NOTE D--ADVANCE RECEIVABLE

    The Company has advanced $160,800 (L100,000) to a private company, WRDC
Limited (WRDC) at December 31, 1999. The advance is part of a formal agreement
dated January 27, 2000 wherein the Company has agreed to purchase 25.1% of the
share capital of WRDC for a total cost of $604,800 (L378,000) with an option to
acquire the balance of the issued share capital of WRDC after October 31, 2001
at a price based on the revenue and profits of WRDC for the previous accounting
period at the relevant time. The Company will make a further advance to WRDC of
$195,200 (L122,000). The total advances of $356,000 (L222,000) will be converted
into a note repayable to the Company over a five year period bearing interest at
6% with quarterly principal and interest payments of L18,500, beginning on the
second anniversary date of the first drawndown.

NOTE E--INVESTMENT IN SUBSIDIARY HELD-FOR-SALE

    The Company had previously announced a spin-off to its stockholders of
Toucan Mining plc formerly known as Toucan Mining Limited (Toucan Mining) a
wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, subject to the satisfaction of certain
conditions, including the registration of the shares of Toucan Mining pursuant
to the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act). In
light of the Company's desire to dispose of Toucan Mining in a timely fashion in
order to be able to pursue its current internet security business, the Company
determined to sell Toucan Mining rather than pursuing the proposed spin-off.

    On January 28, 2000, the Company completed the sale (the sale) of all of the
share capital of Toucan Mining for an aggregate consideration of $809,750
(L500,000) in cash. The sale of Toucan Mining was made to Golden Ridge Group
Limited, a company registered in the British Virgin Islands, pursuant to a Share
Sale Agreement, dated January 28, 2000 (the Agreement).

    On the same date, and prior to the aforementioned sale of Toucan Mining,
Toucan Mining transferred to the Company 2 million ordinary shares of Minmet
(the Minmet Shares). The Minmet Shares cannot be sold by the Company without the
consent of Minmet until January 6, 2001. In addition, Toucan Mining transferred
to the Company warrants to subscribe for a further 7.7 million ordinary shares
of Minmet at an exercise price of $.13 (L.08) (the Warrant Shares). The Company
is not contractually restricted from selling the Warrant Shares. The closing
market price of the Minmet shares at January 28, 2000 was L.28 per share ($.46
at the then exchange rate). The Company will account for these securities as
available for sale, which results in fair value accounting.

    As a result of the sale of Toucan Mining in January 2000, the Company wrote
its investment down at December 31, 1999 to net realizable value which resulted
in a loss of $291,448. In addition, the Company will recognize in the quarter
ending March 31, 2000, a gain or loss in other comprehensive income equal to the
difference in the fair value of the Minmet Shares and Warrant Shares received
from Toucan Mining,

                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                                AUTHORISZOR INC.

                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 (INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND THE SIX-MONTH PERIODS ENDED
                    DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1999 IS UNAUDITED)

NOTE E--INVESTMENT IN SUBSIDIARY HELD-FOR-SALE (CONTINUED)
and the cost to Toucan Mining pursuant to the accounting rules for available for
sale securities. At January 28, 2000, the fair value was approximately
$2,900,000 in excess of cost.

    At the time of the sale, the assets of Toucan Mining consisted primarily of
certain mining claims in Brazil, the right to acquire certain additional mining
claims in Brazil, and 8,030,000 shares of Minmet, 8 million of which cannot be
sold without the consent of Minmet until January 6, 2001.

    At December 31, 1999 the investment in subsidiary held-for-sale is carried
at the lower of cost or market.

NOTE F--ACCOUNTS PAYABLE TO RELATED PARTIES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     JUNE 30,
                                                -------------------   DECEMBER 31,
                                                  1998       1999         1999
                                                --------   --------   ------------
<S>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>
James Jackson (Director of the Company).......  $21,979    $72,566       $27,906
David Wray (Director of the Company)..........       --      1,789            --
David Blanchfield (Director of Authoriszor
  Limited)....................................       --      1,789            --
                                                -------    -------       -------
                                                $21,979    $76,144       $27,906
                                                =======    =======       =======
</TABLE>

NOTE G--LEASE COMMITMENTS

    The Company leases office space under operating lease agreements which
expire through 2008. Rent expense totalled approximately $9,800 for the period
ended December 31, 1999.

    The future minimum rental commitments as of December 31, 1999 are as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERIOD ENDING
DECEMBER 31,
- -------------
<S>                                                           <C>
2000........................................................  $ 38,579
2001........................................................    29,876
2002........................................................    27,700
2003........................................................    27,700
2004........................................................    27,700
Thereafter..................................................   110,801
                                                              --------
                                                              $262,356
                                                              ========
</TABLE>

    The leases generally provide that property taxes, insurance and maintenance
expenses are obligations of the Company. It is expected that in the normal
course of business, operating leases that expire will be reviewed or replaced by
leases on other properties.

                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                                AUTHORISZOR INC.

                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 (INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND THE SIX-MONTH PERIODS ENDED
                    DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1999 IS UNAUDITED)

NOTE H--COMMON STOCK TRANSACTIONS

    In August 1999, the Company entered into an agreement with a consultant
wherein the consultant is to be issued 120,000 shares of common stock for
services. At December 31, 1999, 100,000 shares had been earned through services
rendered. Expense equivalent to the trading value of the shares of common stock
at the point in time when the shares were earned has been recorded at $406,600
and is included in professional fees. The additional 20,000 shares were earned
by the consultant in January 2000.

    In October 1999, the Company repaid an amount of $41,415 (L25,000) due to an
employee/director with $16,566 (L10,000) cash consideration and 15,000 shares on
common stock at a 20% discount from the market price at the date of the
transaction. Compensation cost of $6,600 was recorded and is included in
administrative expenses.

    During December 1999, the Company was seeking to raise additional short term
capital and offered an incentive to unrelated parties holding 436,000 warrants
to exercise their warrants by reducing the exercise price from $1.50 to $1.00.
Each of the 436,000 options were exercised during December 1999.

NOTE I--STOCK OPTIONS AND WARRANTS

    In October 1999, the Authoriszor Inc. 1999 Stock Plan (the Plan) was
ratified by the Company's Board of Directors. Pursuant to the Plan, the Company
may grant Incentive Stock Options to any employee or officer of the Company or
of any parent or subsidiary of the Company, and may grant Non-qualified Stock
Options to any person eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options, and also to
consultants or advisors of the Company or its subsidiaries. The maximum number
of shares that may be subject to Options and issued under the Plan is 1,000,000
Shares of Common Stock. As of December 31, 1999 individuals have been granted
options to acquire 282,214 shares of common stock that vest periodically through
January 2008. The options have been granted at prices ranging from $2.00 to
$4.67.

    The Company has entered into stock option agreements outside of the Plan. As
of December 31, 1999 individuals have been granted options to acquire
480,000 shares of common stock that vest periodically through October 2002. The
options have been granted at prices ranging from $1.00 to $3.00.

    An expense of approximately $47,000 has been recognized in the six months
ended December 31, 1999 for 556,000 options granted at exercise prices below the
market share price at the date of grant. All other options were granted at
exercise prices equivalent to the market price at the date of grant.

    There are also options and warrants outstanding as a result of the
recapitalization transaction discussed in Note B. At that date, Toucan Gold had
350,000 employee options outstanding to purchase common stock at $1.00 per share
and 583,333 warrants, issued in connection with sales of common stock, to
purchase common stock at $1.50 per share. All of the options and warrants are
exercisable. At December 31, 1999, all of the options and 97,333 warrants
remained outstanding.

NOTE J--INCOME TAXES

    The Company has adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 109 Accounting for Income Taxes. Accordingly, a deferred tax
liability or deferred tax asset (benefit) is

                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                                AUTHORISZOR INC.

                        (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE ENTERPRISE)

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 (INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND THE SIX-MONTH PERIODS ENDED
                    DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1999 IS UNAUDITED)

NOTE J--INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
computed by applying the current statutory tax rates to net taxable or
deductible temporary differences between pre-tax financial and taxable income.

    Deferred tax benefits are recorded only to the extent that the amount of net
deductible temporary differences or carryforward attributes may be utilized
against current period earnings, offset against taxable temporary differences
reversing in future periods, or utilized to the extent of management's estimate
of future taxable income. Deferred tax liabilities are provided for on
differences between amounts reported for financial and tax basis accounting.

    At June 30, 1999, due to the Company's cumulative losses since inception, a
loss carryforward of approximately $78,000 may be utilized in the future for an
indefinite period.

    A net deferred tax asset resulting from the loss carryforward has been
offset by a valuation allowance of an equal amount at June 30, 1999 due to the
uncertainty of realizing the net deferred tax asset through future operations.
The net deferred tax asset and valuation allowance was approximately $25,000.
Gross deferred tax liabilities were immaterial.

                                      F-13
<PAGE>
W R D C LIMITED

DIRECTORS' REPORT

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The directors present their annual report and the audited financial statements
for the year ended 31 July 1999.

1.  PRINCIPAL ACTIVITY

    The principal activity of the company continues to be that of software
    consultancy.

2.  DIRECTORS' RESPONSIBILITIES

    Company law requires the directors to prepare financial statements for each
    financial year which give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of
    the company and of the profit or loss of the company for that period.

    In preparing those financial statements, the directors are required to:-

    -- Select suitable accounting policies and apply them consistently;

    -- Make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent;

    -- Prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is
    inappropriate to presume that the company will continue to operate.

    The directors are responsible for keeping proper accounting records which
    disclose with reasonable accuracy, at any time, the financial position of
    the company, and enable them to ensure that the financial statements comply
    with the Companies Act 1985. They are also responsible for safeguarding the
    assets of the company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the
    prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

3.  DIRECTORS AND THEIR INTERESTS

    The present composition of the board is set out on page 2.

    The directors who held office during the year and their interests in the
    shares of the company are as set out below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     25P ORDINARY SHARES
                                                              31 JULY 1999       1 AUGUST 1998
<S>                                                           <C>                <C>
G J Hanson                                                        10,625              2,450
B G Edmondson                                                     10,625              2,450
M Bray                                                                --                 --

<CAPTION>
                                                               25P NON-VOTING ORDINARY SHARES
                                                              31 JULY 1999       1 AUGUST 1998
G J Hanson                                                               --                  --
<S>                                                           <C>                <C>
B G Edmondson                                                         --                 --
M Bray                                                                --                 --
</TABLE>

                                      F-14
<PAGE>
W R D C LIMITED

DIRECTORS' REPORT

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4.  YEAR 2000

    The directors are pleased to report that the company did not experience any
    year 2000 problems.

5.  AUDITORS

    A resolution to re-appoint Brown Butler & Co will be proposed at the
    forthcoming Annual General Meeting.

The directors have taken advantage, in the preparation of their report, of the
special provisions of Part VII of the Companies Act 1985 relating to small
companies.

By order of the Board

B G Edmondson                       16 December 1999

Secretary

                                      F-15
<PAGE>
W R D C LIMITED

AUDITOR'S REPORT TO THE SHAREHOLDERS OF W R D C LIMITED

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

We have audited the financial statements on pages F-17 to F-29 which have been
prepared under the historical cost convention and the accounting policies set
out on page F-20.

RESPECTIVE RESPONSIBILITIES OF DIRECTORS AND AUDITORS

As described in the directors' report the company's directors are responsible
for the preparation of the financial statements. It is our responsibility to
form an independent opinion, based on our audit, on those statements and to
report our opinion to you.

BASIS OF OPINION

We conducted our audit in accordance with Auditing Standards issued by the
Auditing Practices Board. An audit includes examination, on a test basis, of
evidence relevant to the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. It
also includes an assessment of the significant estimates and judgements made by
the directors in the preparation of the financial statements, and of whether the
accounting policies are appropriate to the company's circumstances, consistently
applied and adequately disclosed.

We planned and performed our audit so as to obtain all the information and
explanations which we considered necessary in order to provide us with
sufficient evidence to give reasonable assurance that the financial statements
are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or other
irregularity or error. In forming our opinion we also evaluated the overall
adequacy of the presentation of information in the financial statements.

OPINION

In our opinion the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state
of the company's affairs as at 31 July 1999 and of its profit for the year then
ended and have been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 1985.

<TABLE>
<S>                                           <C>
Yorkshire Bank Chambers                       Brown Butler & Co
Infirmary Street                              Chartered Accountants
Leeds                                         and Registered Auditor
LS1 2JT
</TABLE>

16 December 1999, except for the information presented in notes 18 and 19 for
which the date is 14 March 2000.

                                      F-16
<PAGE>
W R D C LIMITED

PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT
YEAR ENDED 31 JULY 1999

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  1999           1998
<S>                                                          <C>                <C>            <C>
                                                              Note
Turnover                                                                        1,130,408      797,075
Cost of sales                                                                     627,604      465,754
                                                                                ---------      -------
Gross profit                                                                      502,804      331,321
Distribution costs                                                                 88,802       66,434
Administrative expenses                                                           297,826      155,028
                                                                                ---------      -------
Operating profit                                                                  116,176      109,859
Interest receivable                                                                   220          355
                                                                                ---------      -------
                                                                                  116,396      110,214
Interest payable and similar charges                                               18,592       23,305
                                                                                ---------      -------
Profit on ordinary activities before taxation                  3                   97,804       86,909
Tax on profit on ordinary activities                           4                   25,186       22,147
                                                                                ---------      -------
Profit on ordinary activities after taxation                                       72,618       64,762
Dividends on equity shares                                     5                   60,500       61,000
                                                                                ---------      -------
Retained profit transferred to reserves                        13                  12,118        3,762
                                                                                =========      =======
</TABLE>

The company had no recognised gains or losses other than the profit for the
year, and the above results derive from continuing operations.

The notes on pages F-20 to F-29 form part of these financial statements.

                                      F-17
<PAGE>
W R D C LIMITED

BALANCE SHEET

31 JULY 1999

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  1999                        1998
<S>                                            <C>              <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
                                                 Note

Fixed Assets
  Tangible assets                                   6                          94,418                     134,696
Current Assets
  Work in progress                                               37,430                       3,584
  Debtors                                           7           246,498                     233,649
  Cash at bank and in hand                                       72,549                      42,588
                                                                -------                     -------
                                                                356,477                     279,821
                                                                -------                     -------
Creditors: amounts falling due within one
  year                                              8           234,155                     235,628
                                                                -------                     -------
Net current assets                                                            122,322                      44,193
                                                                              -------                     -------
Total assets less current liabilities                                         216,740                     178,889
Creditors: amounts falling due after more
  than one year                                     9           169,335                     143,438
Provisions for liabilities and charges             11                --                         164
                                                                -------                     -------
                                                                              169,335                     143,602
                                                                              -------                     -------
                                                                               47,405                      35,287
                                                                              =======                     =======
Capital and reserves
  Called up equity share capital                   12                          21,250                       4,900
  Profit and loss account                          13                          26,155                      30,387
                                                                              -------                     -------
Shareholders' funds                                14                          47,405                      35,287
                                                                              =======                     =======
</TABLE>

The directors have taken advantage, in the preparation of the financial
statements, of the special provisions of Part VII of the Companies Act 1985
relating to small companies.

These financial statements were approved by the board on 16 December 1999.

<TABLE>
<S>                    <C>
G J Hanson    )
               )       Directors
B G Edmondson )
</TABLE>

The notes on pages F-20 to F-29 form part of these financial statements.

                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                                W R D C LIMITED

                              CASH FLOW STATEMENT

                            YEAR ENDED 31 JULY 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       NOTE                  1999                  1998
<S>                                                  <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Net cash inflow from operating activities              18a                  91,784               106,274
Returns on investments and servicing of finance
Interest received                                                   220                   355
Interest paid                                                   (18,592)              (17,719)
Interest element of finance lease rentals                            --                (5,586)
                                                                -------               -------
Net cash outflow from returns on investments and
  servicing of finance                                                     (18,372)              (22,950)
Taxation
Corporation tax (including ACT)                                            (12,845)              (14,367)
Capital expenditure and financial investment
Payments to acquire tangible assets                             (12,838)              (12,079)
Receipts from sales of tangible assets                           16,903                42,000
                                                                -------               -------
Net cash inflow from capital expenditure and
  financial investment                                                       4,065                29,921
Equity dividends paid                                                      (60,500)              (61,000)
Financing
New bank loan                                                   108,000               100,000
Repayment of bank loan                                          (36,932)              (14,441)
Capital element of hire purchase contracts                      (43,859)              (77,219)
Capital element of finance lease contracts                       (1,380)               (1,236)
                                                                -------               -------
Net cash inflow from financing                                              25,829                 7,104
                                                                           -------               -------
Increase in cash                                       l8b                  29,961                44,982
                                                                           =======               =======
</TABLE>

    The notes on pages F-20 to F-29 form part of these financial statements.

                                      F-19
<PAGE>
                                W R D C LIMITED

                       NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                            YEAR ENDED 31 JULY 1999

1  ACCOUNTING POLICIES

(a) Accounting convention

    The financial statements are prepared under the historical cost convention
and in accordance with applicable accounting standards.

(b) Turnover

    Turnover represents amounts receivable for goods and services net of VAT.

(c) Depreciation

    Depreciation of tangible fixed assets is provided on cost over their
estimated useful lives. The annual rates and methods of depreciation are as
follows:-

<TABLE>
<S>                                                     <C>
Improvements to short leasehold property                25% straight line basis
Office equipment                                        25% straight line basis
Motor vehicles                                          25% straight line basis
</TABLE>

(d) Leases and hire purchase contracts

    Fixed assets acquired under hire purchase contracts are included in the
balance sheet at cost and an appropriate provision is made for depreciation.

    The outstanding liabilities under such agreements less interest not yet due
are included in creditors.

(e) Work in progress

    Work in progress is stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value.

(f) Pensions

    The company has a defined contribution pension scheme. The pension costs
charged to the profit and loss account are the premiums payable in respect of
the accounting period.

(g) Deferred tax

    Deferred tax is the tax attributable to timing differences between profits
or losses as computed for tax purposes and results as stated in the financial
statements.

    Deferred tax is provided to the extent that it is probable that a liability
will crystallise in the foreseeable future.

(h) Cash flow statement

    The company qualifies as a small company under the Companies Act 1985. The
directors have elected to take advantage of the exemption under FRS1 not to
prepare a cash flow statement.

                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                                W R D C LIMITED

                 NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                            YEAR ENDED 31 JULY 1999

2  STAFF COSTS

    Employee costs, including directors, during the year:-

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1999       1998
<S>                                                         <C>        <C>
Wages and salaries                                           54,347    283,886

Social security costs                                        61,177     27,421

Other pension costs                                          13,020      6,081
                                                            -------    -------

                                                            628,544    317,388

Directors' emoluments:-

Remuneration                                                142,985    124,030

Other emoluments                                             24,497     25,020
                                                            -------    -------

Aggregate emoluments                                        167,482    149,050

Pension contributions                                         5,228      4,913
                                                            -------    -------

                                                            172,710    153,963
                                                            =======    =======
</TABLE>

3  PROFIT ON ORDINARY ACTIVITIES BEFORE TAXATION

    The profit is after charging:-

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1999       1998
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Depreciation of owned assets                                   16,787      7,489
Depreciation of assets held under hire purchase contracts
  and finance leases                                           27,426     25,296
Loss on disposal of tangible assets                                --      8,729
Auditor's remuneration                                          3,000      4,000
Interest on hire purchase contracts                            10,162     11,712
                                                               ======     ======
</TABLE>

4  TAX ON PROFIT ON ORDINARY ACTIVITIES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1999       1998
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Corporation tax                                                25,350     22,347
Transfer from deferred tax                                       (164)    (1,037)
                                                               ------     ------
                                                               25,186     21,310
Adjustments for prior years                                        --        837
                                                               ------     ------
                                                               25,186     22,147
                                                               ======     ======
</TABLE>

                                      F-21
<PAGE>
                                W R D C LIMITED

                 NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                            YEAR ENDED 31 JULY 1999

5  DIVIDENDS ON EQUITY SHARES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1999       1998
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Ordinary interim paid on 28 August 1998                         3,000      2,000
Ordinary interim paid on 25 September 1998                      3,000      2,000
Ordinary interim paid on 30 October 1998                        3,000      2,000
Ordinary interim paid on 27 November 1998                       1,000      2,000
Ordinary interim paid on 24 December 1998                       1,500      2,000
Ordinary interim paid on 29 January 1999                        3,000      7,000
Ordinary interim paid on 26 February 1999                       4,000      2,000
Ordinary interim paid on 29 March 1999                          4,000     11,000
Ordinary interim paid on 30 April 1999                          4,000      3,000
Ordinary interim paid on 28 May 1999                            4,000     11,000
Ordinary interim paid on 29 June 1999                          15,000      7,000
Ordinary interim paid on 29 July 1999                          15,000     10,000
                                                               ------     ------
                                                               60,500     61,000
                                                               ======     ======
</TABLE>

6  TANGIBLE ASSETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      IMPROVEMENTS
                                        TO SHORT
                                       LEASEHOLD      OFFICE      MOTOR
                                        PROPERTY     EQUIPMENT   VEHICLES    TOTAL
<S>                                   <C>            <C>         <C>        <C>
Cost

At 1 August 1998                          4,069       30,913     156,217    191,199

Additions                                    --       12,838       8,000     20,838

Disposals                                    --           --     (48,517)   (48,517)
                                          -----       ------     -------    -------

At 31 July 1999                           4,069       43,751     115,700    163,520
                                          -----       ------     -------    -------

Depreciation

At 1 August 1998                            746       17,209      38,548     56,503

Charge for the year                       1,017       10,937      32,259     44,213

On disposals                                 --           --     (31,614)   (31,614)
                                          -----       ------     -------    -------

At 31 July 1999                           1,763       28,146      39,193     69,102
                                          -----       ------     -------    -------

Net book value

At 31 July 1998                           3,323       13,704     117,669    134,696
                                          =====       ======     =======    =======

At 31 July 1999                           2,306       15,605      76,507     94,418
                                          =====       ======     =======    =======
</TABLE>

                                      F-22
<PAGE>
                                W R D C LIMITED

                 NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                            YEAR ENDED 31 JULY 1999

6  TANGIBLE ASSETS (CONTINUED)
    Assets held under hire purchase contracts and finance leases included
above:-

<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>      <C>
Depreciation charge                                           27,426   27,426
                                                              ======   ======
Net book value                                                76,507   76,507
                                                              ======   ======
</TABLE>

7  DEBTORS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1999       1998
<S>                                                         <C>        <C>
Trade debtors                                               215,959    199,428
ACT recoverable                                                  --     16,967
Directors' loan                                               9,767      7,783
Other debtors                                                11,593      5,547
Prepayments                                                   9,179      3,924
                                                            -------    -------
                                                            246,498    233,649
                                                            =======    =======
</TABLE>

8  CREDITORS

    Amounts falling due within one year:-

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1999       1998
<S>                                                         <C>        <C>
Bank loan                                                    53,586     34,154
Trade creditors                                              35,251     74,391
Corporation tax                                              27,091     31,553
Social security and other taxes                              77,028     36,987
Other creditors                                               9,107     14,819
Hire purchase and finance lease creditors                    26,666     38,166
Accruals                                                      5,426      5,558
                                                            -------    -------
                                                            234,155    235,628
                                                            =======    =======
</TABLE>

    Hire purchase and finance lease creditors are secured.

9  CREDITORS

    Amounts falling due after more than one year-

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1999       1998
<S>                                                         <C>        <C>
Bank loan                                                   123,856     72,220
Hire purchase and finance lease creditors                    45,479     71,218
                                                            -------    -------
                                                            169,335    143,438
                                                            =======    =======
</TABLE>

                                      F-23
<PAGE>
                                W R D C LIMITED

                 NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                            YEAR ENDED 31 JULY 1999

9  CREDITORS (CONTINUED)
    Hire purchase and finance lease creditors are secured and are payable within
five years from the balance sheet date.

10  LOANS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1999       1998
<S>                                                         <C>        <C>
Repayable by instalments

Bank loans                                                  177,442    106,374
                                                            =======    =======

Analysis of loan instalments

Due within one year                                          53,586     34,154

Due between one and two years                                90,106     33,336

Due between two and five years                               33,750     38,884
                                                            -------    -------

                                                            177,442    106,374
                                                            =======    =======
</TABLE>

    The loans are secured by a fixed and floating charge over the assets of the
company.

11  PROVISIONS FOR LIABILITIES AND CHARGES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1999       1998
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Deferred tax is analysed over the following timing
  differences:-
Capital allowances in excess of depreciation                      --         164
                                                                ====      ======
</TABLE>

    The above provision represents the full liability for deferred tax.

    Movements on the provision for deferred tax are as follows:-

<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>    <C>
At 1 August 1998                                               164    1,201
Credit                                                        (164)  (1,037)
                                                              ----   ------
At 31 July 1999                                                 --      164
                                                              ====   ======
</TABLE>

                                      F-24
<PAGE>
                                W R D C LIMITED

                 NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                            YEAR ENDED 31 JULY 1999

12  CALLED UP EQUITY SHARE CAPITAL

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1999       1998
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Authorised
85,000 ordinary shares of 25p each                             21,250     10,000
15,000 non-voting ordinary shares of 25p each                   3,750         --
                                                               ------     ------
                                                               25,000     10,000
                                                               ======     ======
Allotted, called up and fully paid
  ordinary shares of 25p each
At 1 August 1998                                                4,900      4,900
Bonus issue                                                    16,350         --
                                                               ------     ------
At 31 July 1999                                                21,250      4,900
                                                               ======     ======
</TABLE>

    On 11 December 1998 the authorised share capital was converted from
10000 L1 ordinary shares to 34000 25p ordinary shares and 6000 25p non-voting
ordinary shares. On the same day the company's authorised share capital was
increased by 51000 25p ordinary shares and 9000 25p non-voting ordinary shares.

13  PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1999       1998
<S>                                                          <C>        <C>
At 1 August 1998                                              30,387     26,625
Retained profit for the year                                  12,118      3,762
Bonus issue of shares                                        (16,350)        --
                                                             -------     ------
At 31 July 1999                                               26,155     30,387
                                                             =======     ======
</TABLE>

    During the year the company capitalised part of its profit and loss account
by the allocation of a bonus issue of 65,400 25p ordinary shares on 11 December
1998.

14  RECONCILIATION OF MOVEMENTS IN SHAREHOLDERS' FUNDS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1999       1998
<S>                                                         <C>        <C>
Profit for the year                                          72,618     64,762
Dividends                                                   (60,500)   (61,000)
                                                            -------    -------
                                                             12,118      3,762
                                                            -------    -------
Net addition to shareholders' funds                          12,118      3,762
Opening shareholders' funds                                  35,287     31,525
                                                            -------    -------
Closing shareholders' funds                                  47,405     35,287
                                                            =======    =======
</TABLE>

                                      F-25
<PAGE>
                                W R D C LIMITED

                 NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                            YEAR ENDED 31 JULY 1999

15  LEASING COMMITMENTS

    At 31 July 1999 the company had operating lease commitments for the
following year as set out below:-

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1999       1998
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Operating leases which expire:--
within one year                                                    --      8,059
from one to five years                                         30,531     13,432
over five years                                                 2,580         --
                                                               ------     ------
                                                               33,111     21,491
                                                               ======     ======
</TABLE>

16  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

    The following directors had interest free loans during the year. The
movement on these loans was as follows:-

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      MAXIMUM
                                                      IN YEAR      1999       1998
<S>                                                   <C>        <C>        <C>
G J Hanson                                             9,882      9,549      7,565
B G Edmondson                                            218        218        218
                                                       =====      =====      =====
</TABLE>

17  CONTROLLING PARTY

    The company was controlled throughout the current and previous period by its
directors Mr G J Hanson and Mr B G Edmondson by virtue of the fact that between
they own all of the company's ordinary share capital.

                                      F-26
<PAGE>
                                W R D C LIMITED

                       NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                            YEAR ENDED 31 JULY 1999

18.  CASH FLOW STATEMENT

a)  Reconciliation of operating profit to net cash inflow from operating
    activities

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1999       1998
<S>                                                        <C>        <C>
Operating profit                                           116,176     109,859
Depreciation of tangible assets                             44,213      32,785
Loss on disposal of tangible assets                             --       8,729
Increase in stocks                                         (33,846)     (3,584)
Increase in debtors                                        (29,816)   (101,070)
(Decrease)/Increase in creditors                            (4,943)     59,555
                                                           -------    --------
Net cash inflow from operating activities                   91,784     106,274
                                                           =======    ========
</TABLE>

b)  Reconciliation of net cash flow to movement in net debt

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1999       1998
<S>                                                       <C>        <C>
Increase in cash                                            29,961     44,982
Cash to repay bank loan                                     36,932     14,441
Cash to repay hire purchase creditors                       43,859     77,219
Cash to repay finance leases                                 1,380      1,236
Cash inflow from new bank loan                            (108,000)  (100,000)
                                                          --------   --------
Change in net debt resulting from cash flows                 4,132     37,878
New hire purchase contracts                                 (8,000)   (93,883)
                                                          --------   --------
Movement in net debt resulting from cash flows in the
  year                                                      (3,868)   (56,005)
Net debt at beginning of year                             (173,170)  (117,165)
                                                          --------   --------
Net debt at end of year                                   (177,038)  (173,170)
                                                          ========   ========
</TABLE>

c)  Analysis of changes in net debt

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          AT                    OTHER        AT
                                       01 08 98   CASH FLOWS   CHANGES    31 07 99
<S>                                    <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>
Cash at bank and in hand                 42,588     29,961                  72,549
                                                   -------
Increase in cash                                    29,961
Debts due within one year               (34,154)    13,904     (33,336)    (53,586)
Debts due after more than one year      (72,220)   (84,972)     33,336    (123,856)
Hire purchase contracts                (106,520)    43,859      (8,000)    (70,661)
Finance leases                           (2,864)     1,380          --      (1,484)
                                       --------    -------     -------    --------
Total                                  (173,170)     4,132      (8,000)   (177,038)
                                       ========    =======     =======    ========
</TABLE>

                                      F-27
<PAGE>
                                W R D C LIMITED

                 NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                            YEAR ENDED 31 JULY 1999

19.  SUMMARY OF DIFFERENCES BETWEEN UK AND US GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING
     PRINCIPLES ("GAAP")

    The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom ("UK GAAP"),
which differ in certain material respects from generally accepted accounting
principles in the United States ("US GAAP"). Such differences involve methods
for measuring the amounts shown in the financial statements as well as
additional disclosures required by US GAAP.

    The following is a summary of the key areas of difference and their
relevance to these financial statements:

    (a) Reconciliation of profit and loss accounts:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1999
<S>                                                           <C>
    Retained profit transferred to reserves for the
      financial year under UK GAAP.                            12,118
    US GAAP adjustments
        Dividends paid during the year (i)                     60,500
                                                               ------
    Net income in accordance with US GAAP                      72,618
                                                               ======
</TABLE>

    (b) Reconciliation of shareholders' equity

    There are no differences to report between UK GAAP and US GAAP as the above
dividends were declared and paid in the year.

    (i) Under UK GAAP, dividends are linked to the year's profit. Under
       US GAAP, dividends are not attributable to any particular period's
       earnings and are recorded as a reduction to retained earnings at the
       point in time that they are formally declared by the board of directors.

    The following is a description of a US GAAP reconciling item:

    Cash flow information

    Under UK GAAP, the cash flow statement is presented in accordance with UK
Financial Reporting Standard No. 1 ("FRS 1"). The statement prepared under
FRS 1 presents substantially the same information as that required under
US GAAP as interpreted by SFAS No. 95. Under UK GAAP, cash comprises cash in
hand and at bank (including overnight deposits), net of bank overdrafts. Under
US GAAP , cash and cash equivalents include cash and short-term investments with
original maturities of three months or less.

    Under UK GAAP, cash flows are presented for operating activities; returns on
investments and servicing of finance; taxation; capital expenditure and
financial investment; equity dividends paid; and financing. US GAAP requires the
classification of cash flows as resulting from operating, investing and
financing activities.

    Cash flows under UK GAAP in respect of interest received, interest paid and
taxation would be included within operating activities. Capital expenditure and
financial investment would be included within investing activities under US
GAAP. Dividends paid and servicing of finance would be included within financing
activities under US GAAP.

                                      F-28
<PAGE>
                                W R D C LIMITED

                 NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                            YEAR ENDED 31 JULY 1999

19.  SUMMARY OF DIFFERENCES BETWEEN UK AND US GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING
     PRINCIPLES ("GAAP") (CONTINUED)
    A summary of the operating, investing, and financing activities, classified
in accordance with US GAAP is presented below. For purposes of this summary,
cash and cash equivalents consist of cash at bank and in hand and short term
deposits.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1999
<S>                                                           <C>
Cash provided by operating activities                          60,567
Cash provided by investing activities                          41,544
Cash used in financing activities                             (72,150)
                                                              -------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents                      29,961
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year         42,588
                                                              -------
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year               72,549
                                                              =======
</TABLE>

                                      F-29
<PAGE>
                                  WRDC LIMITED

                               DIRECTORS' REPORT

                            YEAR ENDED 31 JULY 1998

    The directors present their report and financial statements of the company,
together with the auditor's report, for the year ended 31 July 1998.

PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES

    The principal activity of the company is software consultancy.

REVIEW OF BUSINESS

    In the fourth year of trading the company has established a firm foundation
of regular business from computer manufacturers, vendors and a number of end
user accounts around the World.

    The results for the year and financial position of the company are shown on
the attached accounts and show an increased turnover for the fourth period of
trade. The directors anticipate an increase in turnover and profitability in the
following year.

RESULTS AND DIVIDENDS

    The audited accounts for the year ended 31 July 1998 are set out on pages 5
to 14. The profit for the year, after taxation was 64,762 (1997 25,100).

    Dividends totaling 61,000 were paid during the year (1997 21,600).

DIRECTORS

    The directors who served during the accounting year and the interests in the
shares and debentures of those serving at the end of the year were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   AT 31 JULY 1998   AT 31 JULY 1997
<S>                                                <C>               <C>
GJ Hanson (appointed 4 July 1994)                       2,450             2,450
BG Edmondson (appointed 4 May 1995)                     2,450             2,450
MS Bray (appointed August 1996)                            --                --
</TABLE>

POLITICAL AND CHARITABLE CONTRIBUTIONS

    The company has made no political or charitable contributions.

DIRECTORS' RESPONSIBILITIES FOR THE ACCOUNTS

    Company Law requires the directors to prepare accounts for each financial
year which give a true and fair view of the state of the affairs of the company
and of the profit or loss of the company for that period. In preparing those
accounts the directors are required to:

    - select suitable accounting policies and apply them consistently;

    - make judgments and estimates that are reasonable and prudent;

    - state whether applicable accounting standards have been followed, subject
      to any material departures disclosed and explained in the accounts; and

    - prepare the accounts on a going concern basis unless it is inappropriate
      to assume that the company will continue in business.

                                      F-30
<PAGE>
                                  WRDC LIMITED

                         DIRECTORS' REPORT (CONTINUED)

                            YEAR ENDED 31 JULY 1998

    The directors are responsible for keeping proper accounting records which
disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the
company and to enable them to ensure that the accounts comply with the Companies
Act 1985. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Company
and hence for taking reasonable steps for prevention and detection of fraud and
other irregularities.

YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE

    The company is currently undertaking an audit of all its electronic business
systems. The directors regard year 2000 compliance as being of fundamental
importance to the company's operation and that of its customers.

    A review has taken place of all office systems and systems supporting WRDC
customers. The company is using the BSI standard PD2000-1:1998 as the starting
point for this year 2000 compliance testing. The directors are of the opinion
that all risks have been identified and remedial action is taking place. It is
anticipated that this action will be completed by 31 December 1999.

    Key suppliers have been identified and contacted. The directors do not
believe that there is a significant risk to the business in relation to the
suppliers, as the core product of the business is consultancy time and in the
opinion of the directors all of WRDC's consultants are aware of the year 2000
issue. However, should any key suppliers indicate that they are not year 2000
compliant the directors will seek alternatives prior to 31 December 1999.

    The core business of WRDC is software consultancy on existing customer
systems. However, in some instances, the company has supplied software and
occasionally hardware to customers. A review is currently being made of all
sales to identify such products. This is expected to be completed by June 1999.
The directors have designated a support manager to test the products supplied
and to identify those items which are not year 2000 compliant. Where such items
are identified the directors will undertake to ensure that the customer is aware
of the non-compliance.

    The directors are not of the opinion that they have a responsibility to such
customers for the non-compliance. The directors are not of the opinion that any
material costs will be incurred in relation to these products.

AUDITORS

    In accordance with the Companies Act 1985 the company has passed a
resolution appointing Marcus Phillips as auditor. Marcus Phillips has indicated
his willingness to fulfill this office.

SMALL COMPANY EXEMPTION

    This report has been prepared in accordance with the special provisions of
Part VII of the Companies Act 1985 relating to small companies.

    The Report of the Directors was approved by the board on 28 May 1999 and
signed on its behalf by BG Edmondson.

BG Edmondson
Secretary
28 May 1999

                                      F-31
<PAGE>
              AUDITOR'S REPORT TO THE SHAREHOLDERS OF WRDC LIMITED

                        ON THE ACCOUNTS OF WRDC LIMITED

    I have audited the accounts on pages F-33 to F-43 which have been prepared
under the historical cost convention (as modified by the revaluation of certain
fixed assets) and the accounting policies set out on pages 8 and 9.

    RESPECTIVE RESPONSIBILITIES OF DIRECTORS AND AUDITOR

    As described on page F-30 the company's directors are responsible for the
preparation of accounts. It is my responsibility to form an independent opinion,
based on my audit, on those accounts and to report my opinion to you.

    BASIS OF OPINION

    I conducted my audit in accordance with Auditing Standards issued by the
Auditing Practices Board. An audit includes an examination, on a test basis, of
evidence relevant to the amounts and disclosures in the accounts. It also
includes an assessment of the significant estimates and judgments made by the
directors in the preparation of the accounts, and of whether the accounting
policies are appropriate to the company's circumstances, consistently applied
and adequately disclosed.

    I planned and performed my audit so as to obtain all the information and
explanations which I considered necessary in order to provide me with sufficient
evidence to give reasonable assurance that the accounts are free from material
misstatement, whether caused by fraud, or other irregularity or error. In
forming my opinion I also evaluated the overall adequacy of the presentation of
information in the accounts.

    OPINION

    In my opinion the accounts give a true and fair view of the state of the
company's affairs as at 31 July 1998 and of its profit for the year then ended
and have been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 1985.

MARCUS PHILLIPS

Chartered Accountant

Registered Auditor

Ilkley

28 May 1999

                                      F-32
<PAGE>
                                  WRDC LIMITED

                            PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT

                        FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 JULY 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               NOTES       1998       1997
                                                              --------   --------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
TURNOVER                                                         2        797,075    454,315
Cost of sales                                                            (525,898)  (344,134)
                                                                         --------   --------
GROSS PROFIT                                                              271,177    110,181
Administrative costs                                                     (148,506)   (67,683)
Marketing costs                                                           (12,812)         0
                                                                         --------   --------
OPERATING PROFIT                                                 3        109,859     42,498
Interest payable                                                 6        (23,305)    (9,225)
Interest receivable                                                           355          0
                                                                         --------   --------
PROFIT ON ORDINARY ACTIVITIES BEFORE TAXATION                              86,909     33,273
Tax on profit on ordinary activities                             7        (22,147)    (8,173)
                                                                         --------   --------
PROFIT FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR                                              64,762     25,100
Dividends                                                        8        (61,000)   (21,600)
                                                                         --------   --------
PROFIT RETAINED FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR                                      3,762      3,500
                                                                         ========   ========
</TABLE>

                                      F-33
<PAGE>
                                  WRDC LIMITED

                                 BALANCE SHEET

                               AS AT 31 JULY 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               NOTES       1998       1997
                                                              --------   --------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
FIXED ASSETS                                                             134,696    112,248
                                                                         -------    -------
Tangible assets                                                   9      134,696    112,248
                                                                         -------    -------
CURRENT ASSETS
Work in progress                                                 10        3,584         --
Debtors                                                          11      233,649    115,612
Cash in hand                                                              42,588        986
                                                                         -------    -------
                                                                         279,821    116,598
CREDITORS: amounts due within one year                           12      235,628    125,011
                                                                         -------    -------
NET CURRENT ASSETS/(LIABILITIES)                                          44,193     (8,413)
                                                                         -------    -------
TOTAL ASSETS LESS CURRENT LIABILITIES                                    178,889    103,835
CREDITORS: amounts falling due after more than 1 year            13      143,438     71,109
PROVISIONS FOR LIABILITIES AND CHARGES                           14          164      1,201
                                                                         -------    -------
NET ASSETS                                                                35,287     31,525
                                                                         =======    =======
CAPITAL AND RESERVES
Called up share capital                                          15        4,900      4,900
Profit and loss account                                                   30,387     26,625
                                                                         -------    -------
                                                                 17       35,287     31,525
                                                                         =======    =======
</TABLE>

    The accounts have been prepared in accordance with the special provisions of
part VII of the Companies Act 1985 relating to small companies.

GJ Hanson Director

28 May 1999

                                      F-34
<PAGE>
                                  WRDC LIMITED

                 STATEMENT OF TOTAL RECOGNISED GAINS AND LOSSES

                        FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 JULY 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               NOTES       1998       1997
                                                              --------   --------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Profit for the financial year                                             64,762     25,100

Prior year adjustment to depreciation                                         --      5,247
                                                                          ------     ------

Total gains and losses recognised since last annual report
  and accounts                                                            64,762     30,347
                                                                          ======     ======
</TABLE>

    There are no gains or losses in the current year other than the profit for
the year. The cumulative effect of the prior year adjustment at 31 July 1997 was
to increase retained earnings by 15,059.

                                      F-35
<PAGE>
                                  WRDC LIMITED

                       NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                               AS AT 31 JULY 1998

1.  ACCOUNTING POLICIES

    ACCOUNTING CONVENTION

    The accounts are prepared under the historical cost convention, modified to
include the revaluation of freehold land and buildings, and in accordance with
applicable accounting standards.

    CASH FLOW STATEMENT

    The company has taken advantage of the exemption, conferred by Financial
Reporting Standard 1, from presenting a cash flow statement, as it qualifies as
a small company.

    TURNOVER

    Turnover represents amounts receivable (excluding VAT) for services provided
to third parties.

    TANGIBLE FIXED ASSETS

    All fixed assets are originally recorded at cost.

    DEPRECIATION

    Depreciation is provided on tangible fixed assets at rates calculated to
write off their cost, on a straight line basis, over their anticipated useful
lives.

    Estimated useful lives are:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
Freehold buildings                                            50 years
Tools and equipment and leasehold additions                    4 years
Motor vehicles                                                 4 years
</TABLE>

    No depreciation is provided in respect of freehold land.

    WORK IN PROGRESS

    Work in progress is stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value.

    Cost comprises direct materials and labour and attributable overheads.

    Net realisable value comprises estimated sales price less further costs to
completion and realisation.

    TAXATION

    Corporation tax payable is provided on taxable profits at the current rate.
Deferred tax is provided under the liability method only to the extent that it
is likely that the liability will become payable within the foreseeable future.

    Advance corporation tax payable on dividends paid or provided for in the
year is written off, except when recoverability against corporation tax payable
is considered to be reasonably assured. Credit is taken for advance corporation
tax written off in previous years when it is recovered against corporation tax
liabilities.

                                      F-36
<PAGE>
                                  WRDC LIMITED

                 NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                               AS AT 31 JULY 1998

1.  ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    LEASED ASSETS

    Where assets are financed by leasing agreements that give rights
approximating to ownership ('finance leases') the assets are treated as if they
had been purchased outright. The amount capitalized is the present value of the
minimum lease payments payable over the term of the lease. The corresponding
liability to the leasing company is included as an obligation under finance
leases. Depreciation on leased assets is charged to the profit and loss account
so as to write off the asset over the shorter of the lease term and the assets
useful life. Leasing payments are treated as consisting of capital and interest
elements and interest is charged to the profit and loss account on an actuarial
basis. Hire purchase transactions are dealt with similarly, except that assets
are depreciated over their useful lives. All other leases are treated as
operating leases and the annual rentals are charged to the profit and loss
account on a straight line basis over the lease term.

    PENSION COSTS

    The company operates a defined contribution scheme. The assets of the scheme
are held separately from those of the company in an independently administered
fund. The pension cost charge represents contributions payable by the company to
the fund. Differences between contributions payable in the year and
contributions actually paid are shown as either accruals or prepayments in the
balance sheet.

    FOREIGN CURRENCY

    Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the rate of exchange at
the date of the transaction. Any gain or loss arising from a change in exchange
rates subsequent to the date of the transaction is included as an exchange gain
or loss in the profit and loss account.

2.  SEGMENT INFORMATION

    Turnover and profit on ordinary activities before taxation arose solely from
the principal activity of the company.

3.  OPERATING PROFIT

    Operating profit is arrived at after charging/(crediting):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1998       1997
                                                            --------   --------
<S>                                                         <C>        <C>
Directors' emoluments (see note 4)                          153,963    130,482
Depreciation of assets under hire purchase and finance
  lease contracts                                            25,296     15,120
Depreciation of owned assets                                  7,489      4,086
Higher purchase and finance lease interest                   11,712      7,288
Loss on disposal of fixed assets                              8,729      3,886
Operating leases on office equipment                          1,503      3,910
Auditor's remuneration                                        4,000      1,200
                                                            =======    =======
</TABLE>

                                      F-37
<PAGE>
                                  WRDC LIMITED

                 NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                               AS AT 31 JULY 1998

4.  DIRECTORS' EMOLUMENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1998       1997
                                                            --------   --------
<S>                                                         <C>        <C>
Management remuneration                                     124,030    112,124
Contributions to pension scheme                               4,913      5,350
Benefits in kind                                             25,020     13,008
                                                            -------    -------
                                                            153,963    130,482
                                                            =======    =======
</TABLE>

    Pension contributions are made by the company in respect of all 3 directors

5.  STAFF COSTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1998       1997
                                                            --------   --------
<S>                                                         <C>        <C>
Wages and salaries                                          283,887    190,083
Other pension costs                                           6,081      5,560
Social security costs                                        27,421     19,008
                                                            -------    -------
                                                            317,389    214,651
                                                            =======    =======
</TABLE>

    The average number of employees during the year was 9.

    Other pension costs represents payments to the defined contribution scheme
disclosed above, and there was 168 accrued at 31 July 1998.

6.  INTEREST PAYABLE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1998       1997
                                                              --------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Hire and lease purchase interest                               11,712     7,288
Interest on bank loans & overdrafts payable within 5 years     11,024     1,937
Other interest payable                                            569        --
                                                               ------     -----
                                                               23,305     9,225
                                                               ======     =====
</TABLE>

                                      F-38
<PAGE>
                                  WRDC LIMITED

                 NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                               AS AT 31 JULY 1998

7.  TAX ON PROFIT ON ORDINARY ACTIVITIES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1998       1997
                                                              --------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
UK Corporation tax at 21/22.3%                                 22,347      7,269
UK Corporation tax prior year under/(over) provision              837       (297)
Deferred tax prior year under/(over) provision                 (1,037)     1,201
                                                               ------     ------
                                                               22,147      8,173
                                                               ======     ======
</TABLE>

8.  DIVIDENDS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1998       1997
                                                              --------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Dividends paid during the accounting year                      61,000     21,600
                                                               ======     ======
</TABLE>

9.  TANGIBLE FIXED ASSETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  LEASEHOLD      OFFICE
                                        CARS     IMPROVEMENTS   EQUIPMENT    TOTAL
                                      --------   ------------   ---------   --------
<S>                                   <C>        <C>            <C>         <C>
Cost:
As at 1 August 1997                   121,264        2,960       19,943     144,167
Additions                              93,883        1,109       10,970     105,962
Disposals                             (58,930)          --           --     (58,930)
                                      -------        -----       ------     -------
As at 31 July 1998                    156,217        4,069       30,913     191,199
                                      -------        -----       ------     -------
Depreciation:
As at 1 August 1997                    22,438           --        9,481      31,919
Charge for the year                    24,311          746        7,728      32,785
Disposals                              (8,201)          --           --      (8,201)
                                      -------        -----       ------     -------
As at 31 July 1998                     38,548          746       17,209      56,503
                                      -------        -----       ------     -------
Net book values:
As at 31 July 1997                     98,826        2,960       10,462     112,248
                                      -------        -----       ------     -------
As at 31 July 1998                    117,669        3,323       13,704     134,696
                                      =======        =====       ======     =======
</TABLE>

    The net book amounts of tangible fixed assets include 119,983 (1997 -
102,298) in respect of assets held under finance leases and hire purchase
contracts.

10.  WORK IN PROGRESS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1998        1997
                                                              ---------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>
Unbilled work undertaken as at 31 July 1998/1997                    --     3,584
                                                              =========    =====
</TABLE>

                                      F-39
<PAGE>
                                  WRDC LIMITED

                 NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                               AS AT 31 JULY 1998

11.  DEBTORS: AMOUNTS FALLING DUE WITHIN 1 YEAR

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1998       1997
                                                            --------   --------
<S>                                                         <C>        <C>
Trade debtors                                               199,428     99,415
Other debtors and prepayments                                 9,471      7,914
Loans to directors (Note 18)                                  7,783      8,283
Advance corporation tax recoverable                          16,967         --
                                                            -------    -------
                                                            233,649    115,612
                                                            =======    =======
</TABLE>

12.  CREDITORS: AMOUNTS FALLING DUE WITHIN 1 YEAR

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1998       1997
                                                            --------   --------
<S>                                                         <C>        <C>
Trade Creditors                                              69,774     25,378
VAT                                                          21,657      6,154
Bank loans - portion repayable within 1 year                 34,154     14,333
Overdraft                                                        --      3,380
Accrued expenses                                             35,366     40,668
Net obligation under higher purchase and finance leases      38,166     29,329
Corporation tax                                              25,053      1,869
Advance corporation tax                                       6,500      3,900
Deferred income                                               4,958         --
                                                            -------    -------
                                                            235,628    125,011
                                                            =======    =======
</TABLE>

    The bank loan and overdraft referred to above and in note 13 below includes
106,374 (1997 16,889) secured against the company's assets both present and
future.

13.  CREDITORS: AMOUNTS FALLING DUE AFTER MORE THAN 1 YEAR

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1998       1997
                                                             --------   --------
<S>                                                          <C>        <C>
Bank loan - repayable between 1 and 2 years                   33,336      6,482
Bank loan - repayable between 2 and 5 years                   38,884         --
Net obligation under higher purchase and finance leases
  between 1 and 3 years                                       71,218     64,627
                                                             -------     ------
                                                             143,438     71,109
                                                             =======     ======
</TABLE>

14.  PROVISION FOR LIABILITIES AND CHARGES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1998       1997
                                                              --------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Deferred tax (accelerated capital allowances)                   164       1,201
                                                                ===       =====
</TABLE>

                                      F-40
<PAGE>
                                  WRDC LIMITED

                 NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                               AS AT 31 JULY 1998

14.  PROVISION FOR LIABILITIES AND CHARGES (CONTINUED)
    The above represents the full amount provided and there is no amount of
unprovided deferred tax at 31 July 1998.

15.  SHARE CAPITAL

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1998       1997
                                                              --------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Authorised ordinary shares of 1 each                           10,000     10,000
                                                               ======     ======
Issued ordinary shares of 1 each                                4,900      4,900
                                                               ======     ======
</TABLE>

    All shares are fully paid up.

16.  RESERVES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                PROFIT AND LOSS
                                                                    ACCOUNT
                                                                1998       1997
                                                              --------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Retained profit/(loss) for the accounting period               3,762      3,500
                                                               =====      =====
</TABLE>

17.  RECONCILIATION OF MOVEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' FUNDS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1998       1997
                                                            --------   --------
<S>                                                         <C>        <C>
Opening shareholders funds                                   31,525     28,025
Profit for the financial year                                64,762     25,100
Dividends paid                                              (61,000)   (21,600)
                                                            -------    -------
Closing shareholders funds                                   35,287     31,525
                                                            =======    =======
</TABLE>

18.  LOANS TO DIRECTORS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1998       1997
                                                              --------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
GJ Hanson                                                      7,565      8,065
BG Edmondson                                                     218        218
                                                               -----      -----
                                                               7,783      8,283
                                                               =====      =====
</TABLE>

                                      F-41
<PAGE>
                                  WRDC LIMITED

                 NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                               AS AT 31 JULY 1998

19.  OBLIGATIONS UNDER HIGHER PURCHASE CONTRACTS AND FINANCE LEASES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1998       1997
                                                             --------   --------
<S>                                                          <C>        <C>
Current obligations                                           38,166     29,329
Due 1 to 3 years                                              71,218     64,627
                                                             -------     ------
                                                             109,384     93,956
                                                             =======     ======
</TABLE>

    The above excludes future finance charges.

20.  RELATED PARTIES

    In the opinion of the directors no party has control of the company. It is
owned in 2 equal shares. In the opinion of the directors the following are the
related parties of the company, their relationship to the company, and the total
of the transactions requiring disclosure under Financial Reporting Standard 8.

MR GJ HANSON - RELATED BECAUSE HE IS A DIRECTOR

<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>

Loan from company and due to it at 31 July 1998                7,565
                                                              ======

Reimbursed employee expenses and travel advances.             10,100
                                                              ======
</TABLE>

MR. BG EDMONDSON - RELATED BECAUSE HE IS A DIRECTOR

<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
Loan from company and due to it at 31 July 1998                 218
                                                              =====
Reimbursed employee expenses                                  7,282
                                                              =====
</TABLE>

MR. MS BRAY - RELATED BECAUSE HE IS A DIRECTOR

<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
Reimbursed employee expenses                                  10,606
                                                              ======
</TABLE>

    All amounts due to the company are repayable on demand and no interest is
charged. All amounts arose during the year except for the loans to BG Edmondson
and GJ Hanson. The maximum loan outstanding to GJ Hanson at any time during the
year was 15,565.

    All reimbursed expenses represent the actual costs the directors incurred.

21.  CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

    At the present time the company is not covered by Professional Indemnity or
Product Liability Insurance. There are, as far as the directors are aware, no
pending claims in relation to either of these areas at the date of the signing
of the accounts and directors' report, and accordingly no provision has been
made in the accounts. It is not practicable to estimate what future claims may
amount to, if there are any.

22.  FINANCIAL COMMITMENTS

    Annual commitments under non-cancelable operating leases are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1998       1997
                                                              --------   ---------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Within 1 year                                                   8,059           --
Between 2 and 5 years                                          13,432           --
                                                               ------    ---------
                                                               21,491           --
                                                               ======    =========
</TABLE>

                                      F-42
<PAGE>
                                  WRDC LIMITED

                 NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                               AS AT 31 JULY 1998

22.  FINANCIAL COMMITMENTS (CONTINUED)
COMMENT ON FOOTNOTE 23: SUMMARY OF DIFFERENCES BETWEEN UK AND US GENERALLY
  ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES ("GAAP")

    Footnote 23 on pages F-44 and F-45 was prepared 14 March 2000 by Marcus
Phillips, Chartered Accountant, and has been appended to the audited financial
statements.

    The footnote formed no part of the financial statements upon which the audit
report issued by Marcus Phillips on 28 May 1999 was issued.

    The footnote was prepared based upon the audited financial statements
though, as indicated above, has not itself been subject to audit or been
reported upon by audit report.

Marcus Phillips

Chartered Accountant

Ilkley

14 March 2000

    Note: Marcus Phillips, Chartered Accountant, ceased to be a Registered
Auditor in December 1999.

                                      F-43
<PAGE>
                                  WRDC LIMITED

                   YEARS ENDED 31 JULY 1997 AND 31 JULY 1998

FOOTNOTE 23:  SUMMARY OF UK AND US GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING
               PRINCIPLES

    The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom ("UK GAAP"),
which differ in certain material respects from generally accepted accounting
principles in the United States ("US GAAP"). Such differences involve methods
for measuring the amounts shown in the financial statements as well as
additional disclosure required by US GAAP.

    The following is a summary of those differences identified in the
accompanying financial statements:

    a.  RECONCILIATION OF PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 YEAR END
                                                       -----------------------------
                                                       JULY 31, 1998   JULY 31, 1997
                                                       -------------   -------------
                                                             L               L
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>
Retained profit transferred to reserves for the
  financial year reported under UK GAAP                    3,762           3,500

US GAAP adjustments

  Dividends paid during the year(1)                       61,000          21,600
                                                          ------          ------

Net income in accordance with US GAAP                     64,762          25,100
                                                          ======          ======
</TABLE>

    (1) Under UK GAAP dividends are linked to the year's profit. Under US GAAP
       dividends are not attributable to any particular period's earnings and
       are recorded as a reduction to retained earnings at the point in time
       that they are formally declared by the board of directors.

    b.  RECONCILIATION OF SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY

    There are no differences to report between UK GAAP and US GAAP as the above
dividends were declared and paid in the year to which they relate.

    The following is a description of a US GAAP reconciling item:

CASH FLOW INFORMATION

    Under UK GAAP a Cash Flow Statement, when prepared, is presented in
accordance with UK Financial Reporting Standard 1 ("FRS 1"). The statement
prepared under FRS 1 presents substantially the same information as that
required under US GAAP as interpreted by SFAS No. 95. Under UK GAAP cash
comprises cash in hand and at bank (including overnight deposits), net of bank
overdrafts. Under US GAAP cash and cash equivalents include cash and short term
investments with original maturities of 3 months or less.

    Under UK GAAP WRDC, Ltd. was exempt from the requirements to prepare a Cash
Flow Statement under FRS 1, because FRS 1 exempted the company on the ground
that it was small, as defined under Companies Act 1985. Therefore no UK Cash
Flow Statement was prepared.

    Under UK GAAP cash flows are presented for operating activities, returns on
investments and servicing of finance, taxation, capital expenditure and
financial investment, equity dividends paid, and financing. US GAAP requires the
classification of cash flows as resulting from operating, investing and
financing activities.

                                      F-44
<PAGE>
                                  WRDC LIMITED

                   YEARS ENDED 31 JULY 1997 AND 31 JULY 1998

FOOTNOTE 23:  SUMMARY OF UK AND US GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING
               PRINCIPLES (CONTINUED)
    Capital expenditure and financial investment would be included within
investing activities under US GAAP. Dividends paid and servicing of finance
would be included within financing activities under US GAAP.

    A summary of the operating, investing and financing activities classified in
accordance with US GAAP, is presented below. For purposes of this summary, cash
and cash equivalents consist of cash at bank and in hand and short term
deposits.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 YEAR END
                                                       -----------------------------
                                                       JULY 31, 1998   JULY 31, 1997
                                                       -------------   -------------
                                                             L               L
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>
Cash provided by operating activities                      69,162          43,080
Cash used in investing activities                         (63,962)        (71,174)
Cash provided by financing activities                      36,402          29,080
                                                          -------         -------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents                  41,602             986
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the
  year                                                        986               0
                                                          -------         -------
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year           42,588             986
                                                          =======         =======
</TABLE>

                                      F-45
<PAGE>
                             COMPANY NUMBER 2945379

                                  WRDC LIMITED

                        REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                            YEAR ENDED 31 JULY 1997

                                    CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
Report of the directors.....................................     1-2

Auditor's Report............................................       3

Profit and loss account.....................................       4

Balance sheet...............................................       5

Statement of total recognized gains and losses..............       6

Notes to the financial statements...........................    7-14
</TABLE>

                                      F-46
<PAGE>
                                  WRDC LIMITED
                               DIRECTORS' REPORT
                            YEAR ENDED 31 JULY 1997

    The directors present their report and financial statements of the company,
together with the auditor's report, for the year ended 31 July 1997.

PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES

    The principal activity of the company is the provision of computer
consultancy and project management services.

REVIEW OF BUSINESS

    In the third year of trading the company has established a firm foundation
of regular business from computer manufacturers, vendors and a number of end
user accounts around the World.

    The results for the year and financial position of the company are shown on
the attached accounts and show an increased turnover for the third period of
trade. The directors anticipate an increase in turnover and profitability in the
following year.

RESULTS AND DIVIDENDS

    The audited accounts for the year ended 31 July 1997 are set out on pages 4
to 14. The profit for the year, after taxation was 25,100 (1996, as restated,
31,224)

    Dividends totalling 21,600 were paid during the year.

DIRECTORS

    The directors who served during the accounting year and the interests in the
shares and debentures of those serving at the end of the year were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           AT 31 JULY 1997   AT 31 JULY 1996
<S>                                                        <C>               <C>
GJ Hanson (appointed 4 July 1994)                               2,450             2,450
BG Edmondson (appointed 4 May 1995)                             2,450             2,450
MS Bray (appointed August 1996)
</TABLE>

                     POLITICAL AND CHARITABLE CONTRIBUTIONS

    The company has made no political or charitable contributions.

                                      F-47
<PAGE>
                                  WRDC LIMITED
                         DIRECTORS' REPORT (CONTINUED)
                            YEAR ENDED 31 JULY 1997

                  DIRECTORS' RESPONSIBILITIES FOR THE ACCOUNTS

    Company Law requires the directors to prepare accounts for each financial
year which give a true and fair view of the state of the affairs of the company
and of the profit or loss of the company for that period. In preparing those
accounts the directors are required to:

    - select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently

    - make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent

    - state whether applicable accounting standards have been followed, subject
      to any material departures disclosed and explained in the accounts; and

    - prepare the accounts on a going concern basis unless it is inappropriate
      to assume that the company will continue in business.

    The directors are responsible for keeping proper accounting records which
disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the
company and to enable them to ensure that the accounts comply with the Companies
Act 1985. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Company
and hence for taking reasonable steps for prevention and detection of fraud and
other irregularities.

AUDITORS

    In accordance with the Companies Act 1985 the company has passed a
resolution appointing Marcus Phillips as auditor. Marcus Phillips has indicated
his willingness to fulfill this office.

SMALL COMPANY EXEMPTION

    This report has been prepared in accordance with the special provisions of
Part VII of the Companies Act 1985 relating to small companies.

    The Report of the Directors was approved by the board on 28 April 1998 and
signed on its behalf by BG Edmonson.

BG Edmondson

Secretary

28 April 1998

                                      F-48
<PAGE>
              AUDITOR'S REPORT TO THE SHAREHOLDERS OF WRDC LIMITED
                        ON THE ACCOUNTS OF WRDC LIMITED

    I have audited the accounts on pages 4 to 14 which have been prepared under
the historical cost convention (as modified by the revaluation of certain fixed
assets) and the accounting policies set out on pages 7 and 8.

    RESPECTIVE RESPONSIBILITIES OF DIRECTORS AND AUDITOR

    As described on page 2 the company's directors are responsible for the
preparation of accounts. It is my responsibility to form an independent opinion,
based on my audit, on those accounts and to report my opinion to you.

    BASIS OF OPINION

    I conducted my audit in accordance with Auditing Standards issued by the
Auditing Practices Board. An audit includes an examination, on a test basis, of
evidence relevant to the amounts and disclosures in the accounts. It also
includes an assessment of the significant estimates and judgements made by the
directors in the preparation of the accounts, and of whether the accounting
policies are appropriate to the company's circumstances, consistently applied
and adequately disclosed.

    I planned and performed my audit so as to obtain all the information and
explanations which I considered necessary in order to provide me with sufficient
evidence to give reasonable assurance that the accounts are free from material
misstatement, whether caused by fraud, or other irregularity or error. In
forming my opinion I also evaluated the overall adequacy of the presentation of
information in the accounts.

    OPINION

    In my opinion the accounts give a true and fair view of the state of the
company's affairs at as 31 July 1997 and of it's profit for the year then ended
and have been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 1985.

MARCUS PHILLIPS

Chartered Accountant

Registered Auditor

Ilkley

28 April 1998

                                      F-49
<PAGE>
                                  WRDC LIMITED
                            PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT
                        FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 JULY 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Notes
                                                                        1997       1996
<S>                                                           <C>     <C>        <C>
TURNOVER                                                          2    454,315    290,075
Cost of sales                                                         (344,134)  (202,887)
                                                                      --------   --------
GROSS PROFIT                                                           110,181     87,188
Administrative costs                                                   (67,683)   (41,453)
                                                                      --------   --------
OPERATING PROFIT                                                  3     42,498     45,735
Interest payable                                                  6     (9,225)    (7,090)
                                                                      --------   --------
PROFIT ON ORDINARY ACTIVITIES BEFORE TAXATION                           33,273     38,645
Tax on profit on ordinary activities                              7     (8,173)    (7,421)
                                                                      --------   --------
PROFIT FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR                                           25,100     31,224
Dividends                                                         8    (21,600)   (13,000)
PROFIT RETAINED FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR                                   3,500     18,224
                                                                      ========   ========
</TABLE>

                                      F-50
<PAGE>
                                  WRDC LIMITED
                                 BALANCE SHEET
                               AS AT 31 JULY 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Notes
                                                                        1997       1996
<S>                                                           <C>     <C>        <C>
FIXED ASSETS
Tangible assets                                                  10    112,248    64,166
                                                                      --------    ------
                                                                       112,248    64,166
                                                                      --------    ------
CURRENT ASSETS
  Work in progress                                               11         --        --
  Debtors                                                        12    115,612    94,036
  Cash in hand                                                             986        --
                                                                      --------    ------
                                                                       116,598    94,036
CREDITORS: amounts due within one year                           13    125,011    90,123
                                                                      --------    ------
NET CURRENT ASSETS                                                      (8,413)    3,913
                                                                      --------    ------
TOTAL ASSETS LESS CURRENT LIABILITIES                                  103,835    68,079
CREDITORS: amounts falling due after more than 1 year            14     71,109    40,054
PROVISION FOR LIABILITIES AND CHARGES                            15      1,201        --
                                                                      --------    ------
NET ASSETS                                                              31,525    28,025
CAPITAL AND RESERVES
  Called up share capital                                        16      4,900     4,900
  Profit and loss account                                               26,625    23,125
                                                                      --------    ------
                                                                 18     31,525    28,025
                                                                      ========    ======
</TABLE>

    The accounts have been prepared in accordance with the special provisions of
part VII of the Companies Act 1985 relating to small companies.

    The accounts were prepared in accordance with the Financial Reporting
Standard For Smaller Entities.

GJ Hanson Director

28 April 1998

                                      F-51
<PAGE>
                                  WRDC LIMITED
                 STATEMENT OF TOTAL RECOGNISED GAINS AND LOSSES
                        FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 JULY 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Notes
                                                                        1997       1996
<S>                                                           <C>     <C>        <C>
Profit for the financial year                                          24,707     25,977
                                                                                  ======
Prior year adjustment to depreciation                             9     5,247
                                                                       ------
Total gains and losses recognised since last annual report
  and accounts                                                         29,954
                                                                       ======
</TABLE>

    The cumulative effect of the prior year adjustment at 31 July 1997 is to
increase retained earnings by 15,059.

                                      F-52
<PAGE>
                                  WRDC LIMITED

                       NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                               AS AT 31 JULY 1997

1.  ACCOUNTING POLICIES

    ACCOUNTING CONVENTION

    The accounts are prepared under the historical cost convention, modified to
include the revaluation of freehold land and buildings, and in accordance with
applicable accounting standards.

    CASH FLOW STATEMENT

    The company has taken advantage of the exemption, conferred by Financial
Reporting Standard 1, from presenting a cash flow statement, as it qualifies as
a small company.

    TURNOVER

    Turnover consists of the invoiced value (excluding VAT) for services
provided to third parties.

    TANGIBLE FIXED ASSETS

    All fixed assets are originally recorded at cost.

    DEPRECIATION

    Depreciation is provided on tangible fixed assets at rates calculated to
write off their cost, on a straight line basis, over their anticipated useful
lives.

<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
Estimated useful lives are:
Freehold buildings                                            50 years
Tools and equipment and leasehold additions                   4 years
Motor vehicles                                                4 years
</TABLE>

    No depreciation is provided in respect of freehold land.

    WORK IN PROGRESS

    Work in progress is stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value.

    Cost comprises direct materials and labour and attributable overheads.

    Net realizable value comprises estimated sales price less further costs to
completion and realization.

                                      F-53
<PAGE>
                                  WRDC LIMITED

                 NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                               AS AT 31 JULY 1997

1.  ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    TAXATION

    Corporation tax payable is provided on taxable profits at the current rate.
Deferred tax is provided under the liability method only to the extent that it
is likely that the liability will become payable within the foreseeable future.

    Advance corporation tax payable on dividends paid or provided for in the
year is written off, except when recoverability against corporation tax payable
is considered to be reasonably assured. Credit is taken for advance corporation
tax written off in previous years when it is recovered against corporation tax
liabilities.

    LEASED ASSETS

    Where assets are financed by leasing agreements that give rights
approximating to ownership ("finance leases") the assets are treated as if they
had been purchased outright. The amount capitalised is the present value of the
minimum lease payments payable over the term of the lease. The corresponding
liability to the leasing company is included as an obligation under finance
leases. Depreciation on leased assets is charged to the profit and loss account
so as to write off the asset over the shorter of the lease term and the assets
useful life. Leasing payments are treated as consisting of capital and interest
elements and interest is charged to profit and loss account on an actuarial
basis. Hire purchase transactions are dealt with similarly, except that assets
are depreciated over their useful lives. All other leases are treated as
operating leases and the annual rentals are charged to the profit and loss
account on a straight line basis over the lease term.

    PENSION COSTS

    The company operates a defined contribution scheme. The assets of the scheme
are held separately from those of the company in an independently administered
fund. The pension cost charge represents contributions payable by the company to
the fund. Differences between contributions payable in the year and
contributions actually paid are shown as either accruals or prepayments in the
balance sheet.

2. SEGMENT INFORMATION

    Turnover and profit on ordinary activities before taxation arose solely from
the principal activity of the company.

                                      F-54
<PAGE>
                                  WRDC LIMITED

                 NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                               AS AT 31 JULY 1997

3. OPERATING PROFIT

    Operating profit is arrived at after charging/(crediting):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1997       1996
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Directors' emoluments (see note 4)                            130,482     88,376
Depreciation of assets under hire purchase and finance lease
  contracts                                                    15,120     15,259
Depreciation of owned assets                                    4,086      2,779
Higher purchase and finance lease interest                      7,288      6,158
Loss on disposal of fixed assets                                3,886      1,568
Operating leases on office equipment                            3,910      2,247
Auditor's remuneration                                          1,200         --
                                                              =======    =======
</TABLE>

4. DIRECTORS' EMOLUMENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1997       1996
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Management remuneration                                       112,124     77,000
Contributions to pension scheme                                 5,350      3,600
Benefits in kind                                               13,008      7,776
                                                              -------     ------
                                                              130,482     88,376
                                                              =======     ======
</TABLE>

    Pension contributions are made by the company in respect of all 3 directors.

5. STAFF COSTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1997       1996
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Wages and salaries                                            190,083    103,324
Other pension costs                                             5,560      3,709
Social security costs                                          19,008     11,230
                                                              -------    -------
                                                              214,651    118,263
                                                              =======    =======
</TABLE>

    The average number of employees during the year was 5.

    Other pension costs represents payments to the defined contribution scheme
disclosed above, and there were no amounts accrued or prepaid at 31 July 1997.

6. INTEREST PAYABLE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1997       1996
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Hire and lease purchase interest                               7,288      6,158
Interest on bank loans & overdrafts payable within 5 years     1,937        932
                                                               -----      -----
                                                               9,225      7,090
                                                               =====      =====
</TABLE>

                                      F-55
<PAGE>
                                  WRDC LIMITED

                 NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                               AS AT 31 JULY 1997

7. TAX ON PROFIT ON ORDINARY ACTIVITIES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1997       1996
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
UK Corporation tax at 23/24.7%                                 7,269      7,421
Prior year over provision                                       (297)        --
Deferred tax                                                   1,201         --
                                                               -----      -----
                                                               8,173      7,421
                                                               =====      =====
</TABLE>

8. DIVIDENDS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1997       1996
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Dividends paid during the accounting year                      21,600     13,000
                                                               ======     ======
</TABLE>

9. PRIOR PERIOD ADJUSTMENT

    The accounts for the year ended 31 July 1996 have been restated to reflect
the change in accounting policy whereby depreciation on vehicles is charged from
the date of acquisition rather than a full year's charge being made for the year
of acquisition. This has resulted in a reduced charge to depreciation for that
year of 5,247 and consequently an increase in net assets at 31 July 1996 of
5,247, and an increase in the profit for the year then ended of 5,247.

    The reason for the change in depreciation policy is to more fairly reflect
the use of these fixed assets over time.

    The comparative figures in the primary statements and notes have been
restated to reflect the new policy.

    The effect of the change of accounting policy in the accounts for the year
ended 31 July 1997 is to increase profit before tax by 9,812.

                                      F-56
<PAGE>
                                  WRDC LIMITED

                 NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                               AS AT 31 JULY 1997

10. TANGIBLE FIXED ASSETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  LEASEHOLD      OFFICE
                                                        CARS     IMPROVEMENTS   EQUIPMENT    TOTAL
<S>                                                   <C>        <C>            <C>         <C>
Cost
As at 1 August 1996                                    67,301           --       11,114      78,415
Additions                                              73,035        2,960        8,829      84,824
Disposals                                             (19,072)          --           --     (19,072)
                                                      -------        -----       ------     -------
As at 31 July 1997                                    121,264        2,960       19,943     144,167
                                                      =======        =====       ======     =======
Depreciation
As at 1 August 1996                                    10,012           --        4,237      14,249
Charge for the year                                    13,962           --        5,244      19,206
Disposals                                              (1,536)          --           --      (1,536)
                                                      -------        -----       ------     -------
As at 31 July 1997                                     22,438           --        9,481      31,919
                                                      =======        =====       ======     =======
Net book values:
As at 31 July 1996                                     57,289           --        6,877      64,166
                                                      -------        -----       ------     -------
As at 31 July 1997                                     98,826        2,960       10,462     112,248
                                                      =======        =====       ======     =======
</TABLE>

    The net book amounts of tangible fixed assets include 102,298 (1996 52,042)
in respect of assets held under finance leases and hire purchase contracts.

11. WORK IN PROGRESS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1997       1996
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Unbilled work undertaken as at 31 July 1997/1996                  --         --
                                                               =====      =====
</TABLE>

    The accounts for the year ended 31 July 1996 included work in progress
valued at 40,555. Audit review of opening balances has identified that this
balance should have been classified as debtors rather than as work in progress
and the prior year comparative in the 1997 accounts has been amended
accordingly.

12. DEBTORS: AMOUNTS FALLING DUE WITHIN 1 YEAR

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1997       1996
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Trade debtors                                                   99,15     88,516
Other debtors and prepayments                                   7,914      5,237
                                                              -------     ------
Loans to directors (Note 19)                                  115,612     94,036
                                                              =======     ======
</TABLE>

                                      F-57
<PAGE>
                                  WRDC LIMITED

                 NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                               AS AT 31 JULY 1997

13. CREDITORS: AMOUNTS FALLING DUE WITHIN 1 YEAR

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1997       1996
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Trade creditors                                                25,378     33,877
VAT                                                             6,154      1,355
Bank loans--portion repayable within 1 year                    14,333      9,253
Overdraft                                                       3,380      2,036
Accrued expenses                                               40,668     20,896
Net obligation under higher purchase and finance leases        29,329     16,128
Corporation tax                                                 1,869      3,828
Advance corporation tax                                         3,900      2,750
                                                              -------     ------
                                                              125,011     90,123
                                                              =======     ======
</TABLE>

    The bank loan and overdraft referred to above and in note 14 below includes
16,889 secured against the company's assets both present and future.

14. CREDITORS: AMOUNTS FALLING DUE AFTER MORE THAN 1 YEAR

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1997       1996
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Bank loan--repayable between 1 and 2 years                      6,482      3,667
Net obligation under higher purchase and finance leases
  between 1 and 3 years                                        64,627     36,387
                                                               ------     ------
                                                               71,109     40,054
                                                               ======     ======
</TABLE>

15. PROVISION FOR LIABILITIES AND CHARGES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1997       1996
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Deferred tax (accelerated capital allowances)                  1,201         --
                                                               =====      =====
</TABLE>

    The above represents the full amount provided and there is no amount of
unprovided deferred tax at 31 July 1997.

16. SHARE CAPITAL

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1997       1996
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Authorised ordinary shares of L1 each                          10,000     10,000
                                                               ======     ======
Issued ordinary shares of L1 each                               4,900      4,900
                                                               ======     ======
</TABLE>

    All shares are fully paid up.

                                      F-58
<PAGE>
                                  WRDC LIMITED

                 NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                               AS AT 31 JULY 1997

17. RESERVES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   PROFIT AND LOSS
                                                                       ACCOUNT
                                                                1997             1996
<S>                                                           <C>              <C>
Retained profit/(loss) for the accounting period               3,500            18,224
                                                               =====            ======
</TABLE>

18. RECONCILIATION OF MOVEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' FUNDS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1997       1996
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Opening shareholders funds as previously stated                22,778      9,801
Prior year adjustment                                           5,247         --
                                                              -------    -------
Opening shareholders funds as restated                         28,025      9,801
Profit for the financial year                                  25,100     25,977
Dividends paid                                                (21,600)   (13,000)
                                                              -------    -------
Closing shareholders funds                                     31,525     22,778
                                                              =======    =======
</TABLE>

19. LOANS TO DIRECTORS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1997       1996
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
GJ Hanson                                                      8,065        65
BG Edmondson                                                     218       218
                                                               -----       ---
                                                               8,283       283
                                                               =====       ===
</TABLE>

20. OBLIGATIONS UNDER HIGHER PURCHASE CONTRACTS AND FINANCE LEASES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1997       1996
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Current obligations                                            29,329     16,128
Due 1 to 3 years                                               64,627     36,387
                                                               ------     ------
                                                               93,956     52,515
                                                               ======     ======
</TABLE>

    The above excludes future finance charges.

21. RELATED PARTIES

    In the opinion of the directors no party has control of the company. It is
owned in 2 equal shares.

    In the opinion of the directors the following are the related parties of the
company, their relationship to the company, and the total of the transactions
requiring disclosure under Financial Reporting Standard 8.

                                      F-59
<PAGE>
                                  WRDC LIMITED

                 NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                               AS AT 31 JULY 1997

21. RELATED PARTIES (CONTINUED)
MR GJ HANSON--RELATED BECAUSE HE IS A DIRECTOR

<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
Loan from company and due to it at 31 July 1997                 8,065
                                                               ======

Reimbursed employee expenses and travel advances, net of
  1,320 repaid by GJ Hanson to the company                     12,026
                                                               ======

MR BG EDMONDSON--RELATED BECAUSE HE IS A DIRECTOR

Loan from company and due to it at 31 July 1997                   218
                                                               ======

Reimbursed employee expenses                                    6,641
                                                               ======

MR MS BRAY--RELATED BECAUSE HE IS A DIRECTOR

Reimburse employee expenses                                    10,678
                                                               ======
</TABLE>

    All amounts due to the company are repayable on demand and no interest is
charged. All amounts arose during the year except for the loan to BG Edmondson
and 65 of the amount due from GJ Hanson. The amounts shown as outstanding above
are as at 31 July 1997 and are also the maximum amounts due during the year.

    All reimbursed expenses represent the actual costs the directors incurred.

                                      F-60
<PAGE>
                    PRO FORMA CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                  (UNAUDITED)

    The unaudited pro forma condensed financial statements (the "Pro Forma
Financial Statements") are presented to give effect to the acquisition of a
25.1% interest in WRDC Limited (WRDC) in February 2000, and the sale of common
stock in February 2000, resulting in net proceeds of $28,000,000, which provided
the funds for the acquisition of WDRC. The Pro Forma Financial Statements are
presented for illustrative purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of
the operating results that would have occurred if the transactions given pro
forma effect herein had been consummated as of the time reflected herein, nor
are they necessarily indicative of the future operating results or financial
position of the Company. The pro forma adjustments are based upon available
information and certain assumptions that the Company believes are reasonable.
The 25.1% investment in WRDC has been accounted for under equity method of
accounting. Differences between the amounts included herein and the final
allocations are not expected to have a material effect on the Pro Forma
Financial Statements. These Pro Forma Financial Statements should not be read in
conjunction with the historical financial statements and related notes of the
Company and WRDC included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

    The following unaudited pro forma condensed balance sheet as of
December 31, 1999 gives effect to (i) the 25.1% investment in WRDC and (ii) the
sale of 2,727,273 shares of Common Stock offered by the Company in a private
placement (which occurred in February 2000), as if these transactions had
occurred at December 31, 1999.

    The following unaudited pro forma condensed statements of operations for the
year ended June 30, 1999 and the six months ended December 31, 1999 give effect
to the investment in WRDC as though it had occurred on July 1, 1998.

                                      F-61
<PAGE>
                       PRO FORMA CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET

                               DECEMBER 31, 1999
                                  (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS
                                               -----------------------------------------------------
                                                            INVESTMENT
                                                             IN WRDC     PROCEEDS FROM
                                                COMPANY        (1)        OFFERING(2)     PRO FORMA
                                               ----------   ----------   -------------   -----------
<S>                                            <C>          <C>          <C>             <C>
ASSETS
Cash.........................................  $  394,505   $(800,000)    $28,000,000    $27,594,505
Note receivable from WRDC....................     160,800     195,200              --        356,000
Investment in WRDC...........................          --     604,800              --        604,800
Investment in securities.....................     346,500          --              --        346,500
Property.....................................     155,928          --              --        155,928
Investment in subsidiary held-for-sale.......   1,415,950          --              --      1,415,950
Other assets.................................     112,269          --              --        112,269
                                               ----------   ---------     -----------    -----------
    Total Assets.............................  $2,585,952   $      --     $28,000,000    $30,585,952
                                               ==========   =========     ===========    ===========
LIABILITIES
Accounts payable to related parties..........  $   27,906   $      --     $        --    $    27,906
Accounts payable and accrued expenses........     155,968          --              --        155,968
                                               ----------   ---------     -----------    -----------
                                                  183,874          --              --        183,874

Stockholders' equity.........................   2,402,078          --      28,000,000     30,402,078
                                               ----------   ---------     -----------    -----------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity...  $2,585,952   $      --     $28,000,000    $30,585,952
                                               ==========   =========     ===========    ===========
</TABLE>

- ------------------------

(1) To record purchase of 25.1% of WRDC for $604,800 and a loan of $195,200. The
    Company accounts for the investment under the equity method.

(2) To record net proceeds from the sale of common stock in February 2000.

                                      F-62
<PAGE>
                  PRO FORMA CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

               YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 AND THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
                               DECEMBER 31, 1999
                                  (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1999           SIX MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999
                               ------------------------------------   --------------------------------------
                                            PRO FORMA                               PRO FORMA
                                COMPANY     ADJUSTMENT   PRO FORMA      COMPANY     ADJUSTMENT    PRO FORMA
                               ----------   ----------   ----------   -----------   ----------   -----------
<S>                            <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>
Revenues.....................  $   33,711    $     --    $   33,711   $        --    $     --    $        --
Cost of sales................     (10,559)         --       (10,559)           --          --             --
                               ----------    --------    ----------   -----------    --------    -----------
  Gross profit...............      23,152          --        23,152            --          --             --
Operating expenses...........     (72,783)         --       (72,783)   (1,624,177)         --     (1,624,177)
                               ----------    --------    ----------   -----------    --------    -----------
  Operating loss.............     (49,631)         --       (49,631)   (1,624,177)         --     (1,624,177)

Other income (expense)
  Equity in earnings (loss)
    of WRDC..................          --     (50,472)(1)    (50,472)          --     (22,404)       (22,404)
  Other, net.................          --          --            --       (90,643)         --        (90,643)
                               ----------    --------    ----------   -----------    --------    -----------
                                       --          --       (50,472)      (90,643)    (22,404)      (113,047)
                               ----------    --------    ----------   -----------    --------    -----------
Net loss.....................  $  (49,631)   $(50,472)   $ (100,103)  $(1,714,820)   $(22,404)   $(1,737,224)
                               ==========    ========    ==========   ===========    ========    ===========
Loss per share...............  $     0.00                $     0.00   $      (.12)               $      (.13)
                               ==========                ==========   ===========                ===========
Weighted average number of
  shares outstanding.........  13,765,808      78,000    13,843,808    13,844,311      78,000     13,922,311
                               ==========    ========    ==========   ===========    ========    ===========
</TABLE>

Notes:

(1) To record equity in earnings or loss of WRDC for the year ended July 31,
    1999 and the six months ended January 31, 2000, respectively, adjusted to
    provide amortization of goodwill of $80,000 for the year ended June 30,
    1999, and $40,000 for the six months ended December 31, 1999. Goodwill is
    being amortized over seven years by the straight-line method. The fiscal
    year of WRDC ends on July 31.

(2) To reflect the portion of the shares issued in the offering in February
    2000, the proceeds of which were used to fund the $800,000 investment in
    WRDC.

(3) Revenue and net earnings of WRDC were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             SIX MONTHS
                                                           YEAR ENDED           ENDED
                                                         JULY 31, 1999    JANUARY 31, 2000
                                                         --------------   -----------------
<S>                                                      <C>              <C>
Revenues...............................................    $1,831,261        $1,484,842
Net earnings...........................................    $  117,641        $   70,104
</TABLE>

                                      F-63
<PAGE>
               REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

Board of Directors
Toucan Gold Corporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Toucan Gold
Corporation as of December 31, 1997 and 1998, and the related consolidated
statements of operations, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 1998, and the period from November
3, 1995 (inception) through December 31, 1998. These financial statements are
the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted
in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free
of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Toucan Gold
Corporation as of December 31, 1997 and 1998, and the results of its operations
and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31,
1998 and the period from November 3, 1995 through December 31, 1998, in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming
that the Company will continue as a going concern. The Company is in its
development stage and is not generating cash from operations. As discussed in
Note C, additional financing is necessary for the Company to continue its
exploration and development activities. These matters raise substantial doubt
about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans
in regard to these matters are also described in Note C. The consolidated
financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the
outcome of this uncertainty.

GRANT THORNTON LLP

Dallas, Texas
March 5, 1999

                                      F-64
<PAGE>
                            TOUCAN GOLD CORPORATION

                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)

                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

                                     ASSETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                                                         -------------------------
                                                            1997          1998       JUNE 30, 1999
                                                         -----------   -----------   --------------
                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                      <C>           <C>           <C>
Cash...................................................  $   504,795        83,973    $       711
Receivables and other assets...........................       16,375        47,844      1,024,200
                                                         -----------   -----------    -----------
    Total current assets...............................      521,170       131,817      1,024,911
Noncurrent receivable..................................           --            --        718,900
Investment in subsidiary...............................           --            --      1,707,398
Mineral rights.........................................    3,087,895     2,559,869             --
                                                         -----------   -----------    -----------
                                                         $ 3,609,065   $ 2,691,686    $ 3,451,209
                                                         ===========   ===========    ===========

                               LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Amounts payable to related parties.....................  $   131,139   $   100,436    $    70,000
Accrued expenses and other liabilities.................       67,974            --        149,207
                                                         -----------   -----------    -----------
    Total current liabilities..........................      199,113       100,436        219,207

Stockholders' equity
  Preferred stock, par value $.01 per share;
    authorized, 2,000,000 shares; issued and
    outstanding, none..................................           --            --             --
  Common stock, $.01 par value per share; authorized
    30,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 8,039,933
    shares and 8,237,933 shares and 9,085,433..........       80,399        82,379         90,854
  Additional paid-in capital...........................    4,488,606     4,526,226      4,687,251
  Deficit accumulated during the development stage.....   (1,159,053)   (2,017,355)    (1,546,103)
                                                         -----------   -----------    -----------
    Total stockholders' equity.........................    3,409,952     2,591,250      3,232,002
                                                         -----------   -----------    -----------
                                                         $ 3,609,065   $ 2,691,686    $ 3,451,209
                                                         ===========   ===========    ===========
</TABLE>

        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

                                      F-65
<PAGE>
                            TOUCAN GOLD CORPORATION

                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  FOR THE PERIOD                       FOR THE PERIOD
                                                                 NOVEMBER 3, 1995                     NOVEMBER 3, 1995
                                                                  (COMMENCEMENT       FOR THE SIX       (COMMENCEMENT
                            FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,      OF OPERATIONS)         MONTHS        OF OPERATIONS)
                            ---------------------------------        THROUGH             ENDED        THROUGH JUNE 30,
                              1996        1997        1998      DECEMBER 31, 1998    JUNE 30, 1999          1999
                            ---------   ---------   ---------   ------------------   --------------   -----------------
                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)        (UNAUDITED)
<S>                         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>                  <C>              <C>
Cost and expenses
  Legal and professional
    fees..................  $ 156,442   $ 312,007   $ 141,261      $   612,210         $ 128,568         $   740,778
  Consulting fees.........     24,000     237,288     214,985          476,273           170,581             646,854
  Abandoned claims........         --      50,000     385,420          435,420                --             435,420
  Travel costs............    114,264      82,254      14,818          253,889            15,031             268,920
  Public relations........     33,655      59,613      62,766          156,034             2,388             158,422
  Other...................     30,110      42,553      15,101           88,054            12,124             100,178
                            ---------   ---------   ---------      -----------         ---------         -----------
    Total cost and
      expenses............    358,471     783,715     834,351        2,021,880           328,692           2,350,572

Other (income) expense
  Interest income.........    (17,650)    (59,168)     (1,898)         (78,716)               --             (78,716)
  Gain on sale of
    subsidiary............         --          --          --               --          (799,944)           (799,944)
  Interest expense........     48,342          --      25,849           74,191                --              74,191
                            ---------   ---------   ---------      -----------         ---------         -----------
    Total other (income)
      expense.............     30,692     (59,168)     23,951           (4,525)         (799,944)           (804,469)
                            ---------   ---------   ---------      -----------         ---------         -----------
    Net earnings (loss)...  $(389,163)  $(724,547)  $(858,302)     $(2,017,355)        $ 471,252         $(1,546,103)
                            =========   =========   =========      ===========         =========         ===========
Basic and diluted earnings
  (loss) per share........  $    (.09)  $    (.09)  $    (.11)                         $     .06
                            =========   =========   =========                          =========
Weighted average shares
  outstanding--basic and
  diluted.................  4,210,334   7,476,372   8,050,891                          8,533,318
                            =========   =========   =========                          =========
</TABLE>

        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

                                      F-66
<PAGE>
                            TOUCAN GOLD CORPORATION

                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)

                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                DEFICIT
                                                                              ACCUMULATED
                                              COMMON STOCK       ADDITIONAL     DURING
                                          --------------------    PAID-IN     DEVELOPMENT
                                           SHARES      AMOUNT     CAPITAL        STAGE        TOTAL
                                          ---------   --------   ----------   -----------   ----------
<S>                                       <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>           <C>
Balance at November 3, 1995.............         --   $     --   $       --   $        --   $       --
Issuance of common stock................    647,857     96,170           --            --       96,170
Net loss................................         --         --           --       (45,343)     (45,343)
                                          ---------   --------   ----------   -----------   ----------

Balance at January 1, 1996..............    647,857     96,170           --       (45,343)      50,827
Recapitalization of Toucan Mining
  Limited and merger with Starlight
  Acquisitions, Inc.....................  4,453,602    (50,787)     150,787            --      100,000
Issuance of common stock, net of
  expenses of $519,700..................  2,331,141     28,943    3,899,892            --    3,928,835
Net loss................................         --         --           --      (389,163)    (389,163)
                                          ---------   --------   ----------   -----------   ----------

Balance at December 31, 1996............  7,432,600     74,326    4,050,679      (434,506)   3,690,499

Issuance of common stock................    607,333      6,073      437,927            --      444,000
Net loss................................         --         --           --      (724,547)    (724,547)
                                          ---------   --------   ----------   -----------   ----------

Balance at December 31, 1997............  8,039,933     80,399    4,488,606    (1,159,053)   3,409,952
Issuance of common stock................    198,000      1,980       37,620            --       39,600
Net loss................................         --         --           --      (858,302)    (858,302)
                                          ---------   --------   ----------   -----------   ----------

Balance at December 31, 1998............  8,237,933     82,379    4,526,226    (2,017,355)   2,591,250
Issuance of common stock................    847,500      8,475      161,025            --      169,500
Net earnings............................         --         --           --       471,252      471,252
                                          ---------   --------   ----------   -----------   ----------

Balance at June 30, 1999 (unaudited)....  9,085,433   $ 90,854   $4,687,251   $(1,546,103)  $3,232,002
                                          =========   ========   ==========   ===========   ==========
</TABLE>

         The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.

                                      F-67
<PAGE>
                            TOUCAN GOLD CORPORATION

                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              FOR THE PERIOD                      FOR THE PERIOD
                                                                             NOVEMBER 3, 1995                    NOVEMBER 3, 1995
                                             FOR THE YEARS ENDED              (COMMENCEMENT         FOR THE       (COMMENCEMENT
                                                DECEMBER 31,                  OF OPERATIONS)      SIX MONTHS      OF OPERATIONS
                                    -------------------------------------        THROUGH             ENDED           THROUGH
                                       1996          1997         1998      DECEMBER 31, 1998    JUNE 30, 1999    JUNE 30, 1999
                                    -----------   -----------   ---------   ------------------   -------------   ----------------
                                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                 <C>           <C>           <C>         <C>                  <C>             <C>
Operating activities
  Net earnings (loss).............  $  (389,163)  $  (724,547)  $(858,302)     $(2,017,355)        $ 471,252       $(1,546,103)
    Adjustments to reconcile net
      earnings (loss) to net cash
      used in operating activities
      Claims written off..........           --        50,000     385,420          435,420                --           435,420
      Gain on sale of
        subsidiary................           --            --          --               --          (799,944)         (799,944)
      Issuance of common stock in
        payment of expense........           --            --          --               --           169,500           169,500
  Net changes in operating assets
    and liabilities
    Receivables and other
      assets......................        1,626       (10,001)    (19,269)         (35,644)           12,725           (22,919)
    Accrued expenses and other
      liabilities.................      (11,289)      169,802     220,007          419,120            71,315           490,435
                                    -----------   -----------   ---------      -----------         ---------       -----------
      Net cash used in operating
        activities................     (398,826)     (514,746)   (272,144)      (1,198,459)          (75,152)       (1,273,611)
Investing activities
  Acquisition and exploration of
    mineral rights................   (1,235,912)   (1,446,453)   (710,748)      (3,512,643)          (78,110)       (3,590,753)
  Sale of option (Note C).........           --            --     275,000          275,000                --           275,000
      Net cash used in investing
        activities................   (1,235,912)   (1,446,453)   (435,748)      (3,237,643)          (78,110)       (3,315,753)
Financing activities
  Net repayments/borrowings from
    related parties...............  $   (72,260)  $    (9,051)  $ 287,070      $   287,070         $  70,000       $   357,070
  Issuance of common stock, net of
    expenses......................    3,624,835       444,000          --        4,133,005                --         4,133,005
  Proceeds from merger with
    Starlight
    Acquisitions, Inc.............      100,000            --          --          100,000                --           100,000
                                    -----------   -----------   ---------      -----------         ---------       -----------
      Net cash provided by
        financing activities......    3,652,575       434,949     287,070        4,520,075            70,000         4,590,075
                                    -----------   -----------   ---------      -----------         ---------       -----------
      Net increase (decrease) in
        cash......................    2,017,837    (1,526,250)   (420,822)          83,973           (83,262)              711
Cash at beginning of period.......       13,208     2,031,045     504,795               --            83,973                --
                                    -----------   -----------   ---------      -----------         ---------       -----------
Cash at end of period.............  $ 2,031,045   $   504,795   $  83,973      $    83,973         $     711       $       711
                                    ===========   ===========   =========      ===========         =========       ===========
Cash paid for:
  Interest........................  $    48,342   $        --   $   7,680      $    56,022         $      --       $    56,022
Noncash investing and financing
  activities:
  Mineral rights acquired for
    common stock..................      336,000        30,000       3,600          369,600                --           369,600
  Securities received on sale of
    option........................           --            --     677,500          677,500                --           677,500
  Securities used to satisfy
    liabilities...................           --            --     665,300          665,300                --           665,300
  Common stock issued for
    services......................           --            --      36,000           58,500                --            58,500
</TABLE>

        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

                                      F-68
<PAGE>
                            TOUCAN GOLD CORPORATION

                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)

                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE A--ORGANIZATION AND NATURE OF OPERATIONS

    ORGANIZATION

    Starlight Acquisitions, Inc. (Starlight) was formed in 1989 and was a
publicly-held development stage company with no principal operations since its
incorporation. On May 10, 1996, Starlight merged with Toucan Mining Limited
(Toucan Mining), an Isle of Man corporation which began operations on
November 3, 1995. Pursuant to the terms of the merger agreement, each
stockholder of Toucan Mining received seven shares of Starlight common stock for
each share of Toucan Mining common stock. Immediately after the merger, the
stockholders of Toucan Mining owned approximately 89% of the outstanding common
stock of Starlight. Therefore, the merger has been accounted for as a reverse
merger, whereby Toucan Mining is deemed for accounting purposes to have acquired
Starlight.

    During July 1996, Starlight formed Toucan Gold Corporation (Toucan Gold or
the Company), a wholly-owned subsidiary and a Delaware corporation. On July 29,
1996, Starlight merged into Toucan Gold, and pursuant to the terms of the
merger, the outstanding shares of Starlight were canceled in exchange for shares
of Toucan Gold. (See Note H).

    NATURE OF OPERATIONS

    Toucan Gold Corporation and subsidiaries, collectively (the Company) are
engaged in acquiring, exploring and developing mineral rights in Brazil. No
revenues have been generated. See Note C regarding sale of option to purchase
the Company's mineral rights.

NOTE B--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

    A summary of the significant accounting policies consistently applied in the
preparation of the accompanying financial statements follows:

    CONSOLIDATION

    The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Toucan
Gold Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Toucan Mining Limited
(Mining), and Isle of Man company, and Mineradora de Bauxita Ltd. (MBL), a
Brazilian company.

    MINERAL RIGHTS

    Acquisition costs of mineral rights and related exploration and development
expenditures are deferred. If deferred expenditures exceed estimated net
realizable values, the assets will be written down to their estimated net
realizable values. Costs relating to abandoned properties will be written-off
when such a decision is made.

    CURRENCY TRANSLATION

    The functional currency of the Company's foreign subsidiaries is the U.S.
dollar. The remeasurement of local currencies and transactions denominated in
local currencies creates translation adjustments which are included in
operations. For 1996, 1997 and 1998, these translation adjustments were not
material.

                                      F-69
<PAGE>
                            TOUCAN GOLD CORPORATION

                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTE B--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

    The carrying amounts reported in the balance sheet for cash and payables
approximate fair value due to the short-term maturity of these financial
instruments.

    USE OF ESTIMATES

    In preparing financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles, management is required to make estimates and assumptions
that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and
the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

    INTERIM PERIOD FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

    The consolidated financial statements of Toucan Gold Corporation and
subsidiaries as of June 30, 1999 and for the six month period then ended,
contained herein have been prepared by the Company pursuant to the rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. In the opinion of
management, all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the
consolidated financial position as of June 30, 1999, and the consolidated
results of operations and cash flows for the six month period then ended, have
been made. In addition, all such adjustments made, in the opinion of management,
are of a normal recurring nature. The results of operations for the periods
presented are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the
full fiscal year.

    Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial
statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
have been condensed or omitted pursuant to the interim reporting rules of the
Securities and Exchange Commission.

NOTE C--SALE OF OPTION TO PURCHASE MINERAL RIGHTS

    On December 3, 1998, the Company sold an option to Minmet PLC (Minmet), an
Irish publicly-traded company, to purchase all of the outstanding capital stock
of MBL. The option price was 7.5 million shares of Minmet valued at $677,500.
The option has an exercise price of 25 million Minmet shares and expires
June 30, 1999. In connection with the purchase of option, Minmet agreed to spend
$500,000 on exploration of MBL's mineral claims, to make a survey of the claims,
and to pay the operating costs of MBL for the period from November 1, 1998 to
June 30, 1999.

    Minmet also acquired from the Company for $275,000, an option to acquire
$995,000 of debt owed by MBL to the Company. The option exercise price is
$250,000 plus warrants to purchase 7.7 million Minmet shares at (pound) .08 per
share. This option also expires on June 30, 1999.

    The proceeds of $952,500 from the sale of the options have been applied
against the carrying value of the mineral interests. Based on the market price
of Minmet shares on March 1, 1999 of (pound) .075 ($.12), the Company would
recognize a gain of approximately $700,000 if both options were exercised.
However, there is no assurance the options will be exercised.

                                      F-70
<PAGE>
                            TOUCAN GOLD CORPORATION

                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTE D--REALIZATION OF ASSETS

    The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles, which contemplate continuation of the
company as a going concern. However, the Company is a development stage company
which has undertaken a program of mineral exploration to target and explore
selected areas of its claims to determine which areas are most likely to contain
economic gold reserves.

    The recoverability of the cost of mineral rights is dependent on the
Company's ability to continue exploration, establish the existence of
economically recoverable reserves, develop these reserves, and achieve
profitable production or obtain sufficient proceeds from the disposition of the
rights. The Company's ability to continue exploration is dependent upon raising
additional capital or embarking into joint ventures to fund these activities.

    The financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the
recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts and classification
of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue
in existence. As discussed in Note C, the Company has sold an option to Minmet
PLC for the purchase of mineral rights.

NOTE E--MINERAL RIGHTS

    Mineral rights include the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                                           -----------------------
                                                              1997         1998
                                                           ----------   ----------
<S>                                                        <C>          <C>
Consideration paid for priority claims...................  $1,642,000   $1,350,680
Other acquisition and exploration costs (Note F).........   1,445,895    2,161,689
                                                           ----------   ----------
                                                            3,087,895    3,512,369
  Less proceeds from sale of options.....................          --      952,500
                                                           ----------   ----------
                                                           $3,087,895   $2,559,869
                                                           ==========   ==========
</TABLE>

    The Company owns priority claims for approximately 480,000 (1,233,317 in
1997) hectares which were filed for exploration in 1995 with the Departamento
Nacional De Produca Mineral (DNPM), the Brazilian governmental agency
responsible for regulating mineral rights. The Company was not required to make
any payments to the DNPM or third parties in relation to the filing of these
claims.

    In November 1996, the Company entered into a transaction with a Brazilian
individual to acquire 25 additional priority claims, over a period of time, as
each of these claims were confirmed by the DNPM. As of December 31, 1997, the
Company had acquired 16 of these claims, approximately 97,000 hectares,
although, the Company was informed by the DNPM that the seller did not hold
priority title on one of these 16 claims. As a result, the Company currently
holds priority claim on only 15 of these claims. Consideration paid for these
claims included $1,076,000 in cash and 210,000 shares of common stock.

    In 1997, the Company acquired 10 claims from a stockholder for $50,000 in
cash, 133,333 shares of the Company's common stock, and warrants to purchase
133,333 shares at $1.50 per share. The warrants expire on January 1, 2000. In
1998, the Company acquired one claim from the same stockholder for

                                      F-71
<PAGE>
                            TOUCAN GOLD CORPORATION

                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTE E--MINERAL RIGHTS (CONTINUED)
$48,000. The stockholder holds the claims on behalf of the Company under an
agreement of beneficial ownership.

    In 1998, the Company abandoned 85 claims covering approximately 800,000
hectares, which resulted in a write-off of $385,420. No significant exploration
had been performed on these claims.

    At December 31, 1998, the Company's remaining claims filed for exploration
covered approximately 941,000 hectares. The number of hectares for which
exploration is granted by DNPM is expected to be less than the number of
hectares for which the Company has filed.

NOTE F--RELATED PARTIES

    From November 3, 1995 (inception) until November 1996, the Company's
activities were primarily financed by related parties in the form of short-term
loans. Advances and repayments during 1996 under the short-term loans were
$646,704 and $767,564, respectively. Interest expense paid in 1996 to related
parties in relation to these loans was $48,342.

    Amounts payable to related parties at December 1997 and 1998 was $131,139
and $100,436, respectively.

    In 1996, 1997, and 1998, the Company made payments of approximately
$307,000, $526,000 and $259,000, respectively, to related parties, including
five stockholders, for various consulting services including geological surveys
and advice, working with the DNPM to establish beneficial ownership of the
priority claims, Brazilian legal and regulatory advice in relation to the
priority claims, and the registration of MBL. Included in these costs are
approximately $250,000, $330,000 and $174,000 in 1996, 1997 and 1998,
respectively, which are considered to be costs relating to the acquisition and
exploration of mineral rights and have been capitalized as mineral rights.

    In 1998, a fee of $60,000 was paid to a related party for assistance in
connection with the sale of the option to Minmet PLC (Note C).

    In 1998, related parties advanced $434,000 to the Company. Substantially all
of these advances, including interest of $18,000, were repaid by December 31,
1998 with shares of Minmet PLC received in connection with the sale of an option
(Note C). See Note E regarding other related party transactions.

NOTE G--PER SHARE DATA

    Earnings (loss) per share is determined by dividing net earnings (loss) by
the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. No
effect has been given to assumed exercise of options or warrants because their
effect would be anti-dilutive.

NOTE H--STOCK OPTIONS AND WARRANTS

    As described in Note A, Starlight's outstanding shares were canceled in
exchange for shares of the Company. Additionally, Starlight warrants issued on
May 10, 1996 to purchase an additional 100,000 shares of Starlight common stock
at an exercise price of $4.00 per share were exchanged for the Company's
warrants to purchase 100,000 shares of the Company's common stock at an exercise
price of $4.00 per share. The holders of these warrants have certain piggy-back
registration rights with respect to the shares

                                      F-72
<PAGE>
                            TOUCAN GOLD CORPORATION

                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTE H--STOCK OPTIONS AND WARRANTS (CONTINUED)
of the Company's common stock underlying the warrants. The warrants are
immediately exercisable and expire on the six month anniversary of closing of
the first registration of securities by the Company.

    On November 1, 1996, the Company completed an offering of 1,600,000 units
for gross proceeds of $4 million. Each unit consisted of one share of common
stock, par value $.01 per share, and one common stock share purchase warrant
(the Company Warrants). Each Company Warrant entitles the holder to subscribe
for one additional share of Company common stock at a price of $3.50 per share.
These warrants expired on January 31, 1998.

    During 1997, the Company issued warrants to certain individual stockholders
to purchase 533,000 shares of the Company's common stock at an exercise price of
$1.50 per share. The warrants are immediately exercisable and expire in
January 1, 2000.

    The Company issued stock options to employees in 1997. All options were
granted at prices no less than market price at date of grant. The Company
accounts for stock option grants pursuant to the provisions of APB No. 25 and
accordingly, has recognized no expense related to the grants. All options are
exercisable immediately, and expire over periods of approximately two to four
years after grant.

    Option activity for 1997 and 1998 is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       WEIGHTED
                                                                       AVERAGE
                                                           NUMBER OF   EXERCISE
                                                            SHARES      PRICE
                                                           ---------   --------
<S>                                                        <C>         <C>
Outstanding at January 1, 1997...........................        --     $  --
  Granted................................................   350,000      1.00
                                                            -------     -----
Outstanding at December 31, 1997 and 1998................   350,000      1.00
                                                            =======
Exercisable at December 31, 1997 and 1998................   350,000     $1.00
                                                            =======     =====
</TABLE>

    The weighted average remaining life at December 31, 1997 of the options was
1.1 years.

    If the Company had elected to account for stock options under the fair value
method pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, net loss
and loss per share would have been increased to the pro forma amounts set forth
below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1998       1997
                                                          --------   --------
<S>                                                       <C>        <C>
Net loss:
    Actual..............................................  $858,302   $724,547
    Pro forma...........................................   950,802    759,547
Loss per share
    Actual..............................................  $   0.11   $   0.09
    Pro forma...........................................  $   0.12   $   0.10
</TABLE>

                                      F-73
<PAGE>
                            TOUCAN GOLD CORPORATION

                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTE H--STOCK OPTIONS AND WARRANTS (CONTINUED)
    The fair value of these options was estimated at date of grant using the
Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions used:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1998       1997
                                                             --------   --------
<S>                                                          <C>        <C>
Dividend yield.............................................       0%         0%
Volatility.................................................     122%       122%
Risk-free interest rate....................................     5.0%       5.0%
Expected life..............................................   1 year    2 years
</TABLE>

    The weighted average fair value per share of options granted in 1997 and
1998 were $0.35 and $0.23, respectively.

NOTE I--INCOME AND OTHER TAXES

    Income tax expense for all years differs from the amount computed by
applying the applicable U.S. corporate income tax rate of 34% to net loss before
taxes because a benefit has not been recorded for net operating loss
carryforwards due to uncertainty over their realization.

    The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to deferred tax
assets were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                        ---------------------
                                                          1998        1997
                                                        ---------   ---------
<S>                                                     <C>         <C>
Deferred tax asset
  Net operating loss carryforwards....................  $ 188,000   $ 105,000
  Organization costs..................................    172,000     172,000
                                                        ---------   ---------
Gross deferred tax assets.............................    360,000     277,000
Valuation allowance...................................   (360,000)   (277,000)
                                                        ---------   ---------
    Net deferred taxes................................  $      --   $      --
                                                        =========   =========
</TABLE>

    At December 31, 1998, the Company had approximately $500,000 of U.S. net
operating loss carryforwards expiring through 2018.

    Under Brazilian tax law, MBL must begin to pay property taxes on the claims
under exploration upon the public disclosure of the claims by the Brazilian
authorities.

NOTE J--COMMITMENT AND CONTINGENCIES

    Under an agreement with a Brazilian individual (Note E) , the Company is
committed to acquire 9 additional priority claims upon clearance of title by the
DNPM. A dispute has arisen between the parties as to the amount to be paid for
the additional claims. The Company interprets the agreement to provide for
consideration for each claim of $36,000 in cash and 12,000 shares of common
stock. Pending resolution of the dispute, the Brazilian individual is
withholding transfer documentation for the registration with the DNPM of the 15
claims previously delivered (Note E) . While transfer documentation is not a
prerequisite to registration of claims, the lack of documentation complicates
and prolongs the registration process. The Company has commenced the
registration process and believes that it will be successful in obtaining
registration of all 15 claims. However, there is no assurance that these claims
will be certified by the DNPM.

                                      F-74
<PAGE>
                            TOUCAN GOLD CORPORATION

                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTE J--COMMITMENT AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)
    The Company is required to obtain the consent of surface owners to access
the surface property for exploration and mining. In the event an agreement
cannot be reached with the surface owner, the Company may seek legal recourse
under Brazilian law which provides the claim holder the right to access if
conducting mineral exploration activities. The surface owner is granted a
royalty on future production.

NOTE K-- INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1999
       (UNAUDITED)

    (1) Sale of Mineral Rights

    On June 30, 1999, Minmet exercised its options to purchase (1) all of the
outstanding capital stock of Mineradora de Bauxita Ltda. (MBL), a Brazilian
company and a wholly-owned subsidiary, and (2) debt in the amount of $1,000,000
plus interest owed by MBL to the Company. The aggregate exercise price of the
options was $3,400,000 consisting of 25 million Minmet ordinary shares, $250,000
in cash, and warrants to purchase 7.7 million shares of Minmet at (pound) .08
per share. The closing market price of Minmet shares at June 30, 1999 was
(pound) .0825 per share ($.13 at the then exchange rate). For accounting
purposes, the Company has valued the Minmet shares at (pound) .07 ($.1106) per
share, which is a discount from market because of restrictions agreed to by the
Company on their sale. The warrants were valued at $385,000. A gain on the sale
of $799,944 was recognized.

    At June 30, 1999, the amounts due to Toucan Gold Corporation from Minmet are
reflected on the balance sheet as a receivable. A portion of the consideration
due from Minmet is owed to Toucan Mining Ltd. (TML), a wholly-owned subsidiary
which is no longer consolidated. See Note K(2). In July 1999, Minmet paid to
Toucan Gold Corporation and TML the entire amount of consideration due.

    (2) Spin-Off of Subsidiary

    On July 16, 1999, the Board of Directors approved the spin-off of all of the
outstanding common shares of TML to the shareholders of Toucan Gold Corporation.
Record date for the spin-off is August 3, 1999; provided, however, that the
record date will be effective only if the spin-off is effected within 60 days of
the record date. Accordingly, in the balance sheet at June 30, 1999, TML has
been deconsolidated and is carried on the equity method of accounting. At
June 30, 1999, the assets of TML consisted of cash of $498, a receivable from
Minmet of $1,656,900 and mineral rights in the amount of $50,000. The receivable
represents the portion of the sale proceeds due to TML (Note K(1)) and consists
of the warrants to purchase 7.7 million Minmet shares, valued at $385,000, and
11.5 million Minmet shares valued at $1,271,900.

    (3) Purchase of ITIS Technologies Limited (ITIS)

    On July 22, 1999, Toucan Gold Corporation acquired all of the outstanding
capital stock of ITIS, a U.K. company. Consideration given was 4,680,375 common
shares, which resulted in the ITIS shareholders owning 34% of the common stock
of Toucan Gold Corporation. ITIS is a software development company offering
business to business software to facilitate secure internet transactions.

    As a result of the sale of MBL and the spin-off of TML, Toucan Gold will
have no operations, and its assets consist of only cash and receivables. The
acquisition or ITIS, therefore, will be accounted for as a recapitalization of
ITIS.

                                      F-75
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER PERSON IS AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION
OR TO REPRESENT ANYTHING NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS. YOU MUST NOT RELY ON
ANY UNAUTHORIZED INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS. THIS PROSPECTUS IS AN OFFER TO
SELL ONLY THE SHARES OFFERED HEREBY, BUT ONLY UNDER CIRCUMSTANCES AND IN
JURISDICTIONS WHERE IT IS LAWFUL TO DO SO. THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS IS CURRENT ONLY AS OF ITS DATE.

                            ------------------------

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          PAGE
                                        --------
<S>                                     <C>
Prospectus Summary....................      2
Risk Factors..........................      4
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking
  Statements; Market Data.............     12
Use of Proceeds.......................     12
Price Range of Common Stock...........     13
Dividend Policy.......................     13
Authoriszor Inc. Selected Financial
  Data................................     14
Management's Discussion and Analysis
  of Financial Condition and Results
  of Operations.......................     15
Business..............................     19
Management............................     30
Certain Relationships and Related
  Transactions........................     40
Description of Capital Stock..........     41
Shares Eligible for Future Sale.......     45
Plan of Distribution; Selling
  Stockholders........................     46
Where You Can Find More Information...     49
Legal Matters.........................     50
Experts...............................     50
Index to Financial Statements.........    F-1
</TABLE>

                                2,827,273 SHARES

                                AUTHORISZOR INC.

                                  COMMON STOCK

                             ---------------------

                                   PROSPECTUS

                             ---------------------

                                           , 2000

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                    PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

    The following is an itemized statement of the estimated amounts of all
expenses payable by the registrant in connection with the registration of the
shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee.........  $       19,220
[NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET FEE FOR LISTING OF ADDITIONAL
  SHARES]...................................................  $            *
Blue Sky fees and expenses..................................  $            *
Accounting fees and expenses................................  $            *
Legal fees and expenses.....................................  $            *
Printing and EDGAR expenses.................................  $            *
Registrar and Transfer Agent's fees.........................  $            *
Miscellaneous...............................................  $            *
                                                              --------------
  Total.....................................................  $            *
                                                              ==============
</TABLE>

- ------------------------

*   To be provided by amendment.

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

    Our Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, and Bylaws provide that we
will indemnify our Directors to the full extent permitted by the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and may indemnify our officers and
employees to such extent, except that we will not be obligated to indemnify any
such person with respect to proceedings, claims or actions initiated or brought
voluntarily by any such person and not by way of defense, without our prior
written consent, or for any amounts paid in settlement of an action indemnified
against by us without our prior written consent.

    In addition, our Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, and Bylaws
provide that our directors will not be personally liable to us or our
stockholders for monetary damages for breach of his or her fiduciary duty as a
Director, except for liability:

    - for any breach of the Director's duty of loyalty to us or our
      stockholders;

    - for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional
      misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

    - for willful or negligent conduct in paying dividends or repurchasing stock
      out of other than lawfully available funds; or

    - for any transaction from which the Director derives an improper personal
      benefit.

    Reference is made to Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State
of Delaware which provides for indemnification of directors and officers in
certain circumstances. Section 145 requires us to indemnify such persons against
expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts actually and
reasonably incurred, including expenses of a derivative action, in connection
with any proceeding, whether actual or threatened, to which any such person may
be made a party by reason of the fact that such person is or was our Director or
executive officer or a Director or executive officer of any of our affiliated
enterprises, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner such
person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to our best interests and,
with respect to any criminal proceeding, has no reasonable cause to believe his
or her conduct was unlawful.

    We have entered into an employment agreement with Richard A. Langevin under
which we agreed to indemnify Mr. Langevin and hold him harmless, at a minimum in
accordance with the provisions contained

                                      II-1
<PAGE>
in our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, against any losses, claims,
damages, liabilities, costs, expenses, including advancing from time to time his
attorney's fees and expenses in advance of the final disposition of any claim,
action, suit, proceeding or investigation, judgments, fines and amounts paid in
settlement in connection with any threatened or actual claim, action, suit,
proceeding or investigation, whether civil, criminal or administrative, in which
the executive is, or is threatened to be, made a party by reason of having been
our Director or officer or serving or having served at our request as a
director, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a
partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with
respect to an employee benefit plan, whether the basis of such proceeding is
alleged action or failure to act in an official capacity as a director, trustee,
officer employee or agent, provided that we will have choice of counsel in any
such action. Our obligations under such indemnification provisions will survive
the termination of his employment agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we
will not be obligated to indemnify the Mr. Langevin beyond the extent
permissible under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and other
applicable law, including, without limitation, applicable securities law.

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

    On February 18, 2000, we sold 2,727,273 shares of our common stock at a
price of $11.00 per share. The placement was made pursuant to Regulation S under
the Securities Act in the United Kingdom and Europe. The gross proceeds of the
placement were $30,000,003. In addition, we granted an option to Beeson Gregory
Limited, the placement agent, to purchase 136,363 shares of common stock at an
exercise price of $11.00 per share for a term of two years. Beeson Gregory also
received a commission of 5% of the total gross proceeds and was appointed our
financial advisor.

    In December 1999,

    - Zalcany Limited exercised a warrant to purchase 124,667 shares of our
      common stock at an exercise price of $1.00 per share;

    - Zalcany Limited, as nominee for Richard Harris, exercised a warrant to
      purchase 70,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.00
      per share;

    - Roy Williams exercised a warrant to purchase 68,000 shares of our common
      stock at an exercise price of $1.00 per share;

    - Igor Mousasticoshvily exercised a warrant to purchase 133,333 shares of
      our common stock at an exercise price of $1.00 per share;

    - Mustardseeds Estates Limited exercised a warrant to purchase 40,000 shares
      of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.00 per share.

As an incentive to the holders of the warrants to exercise their warrants, we
reduced the exercise price from $1.50 to $1.00 if the warrants were exercised
prior to December 20, 1999. These shares of common stock will be issued by us
pursuant to the exemption from registration under the Securities Act set forth
in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

    We have agreed to issue 120,000 shares of our common stock to consultants in
compensation for services rendered. The shares of common stock will be issued
pursuant to the exemption from registration under the Securities Act set forth
in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

    We have granted certain options to purchase shares of our common stock to
certain of our employees under the 1999 Stock Plan and to certain of our
consultants, officers and directors by separate agreements. It is contemplated
that the 1999 Stock Option Plan will be registered under the Securities Act on
Form S-8.

    On October 6, 1999, we repaid a $41,415 loan from James L. Jackson with
$16,566 in cash consideration and 15,000 shares of our common stock, at a 20%
discount from the then current market price. James Jackson subsequently
transferred 7,500 shares of the common stock to an assignee. These

                                      II-2
<PAGE>
shares of our common stock were issued pursuant to the exemption from
registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, set forth in
Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

    On July 22, 1999, we issued 4,680,375 shares of our common stock to the
former shareholders of Authoriszor Ltd. in connection with our acquisition of
Authoriszor Ltd. These shares were issued pursuant to the exemption from
registration under the Securities Act set forth in Section 4(2) of the
Securities Act.

    On April 27, 1999, we approved the issuance of 300,000 shares of our common
stock to Roy Williams upon the exercise by Minmet Plc of its option to purchase
Mineradora de Bauxita Ltda. as payment of his finder's fee pursuant to his
finder's fee agreement with us. These shares, which are restricted shares under
Rule 144 of the Securities Act, were valued for such purpose at $.20 per share,
which was the current market price of our common stock on the OTC Bulletin Board
as of April 27, 1999, the date we approved the issuance.

    On April 27, 1999, we agreed to amend each of such person's stock option
agreements or warrant agreements, respectively, to extend the exercise dates of
such agreements to January 1, 2001.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         NUMBER OF SHARES SUBJECT
NAME                                                      TO OPTIONS OR WARRANTS
- ----                                                     ------------------------
<S>                                                      <C>
Robert P. Jeffcock.....................................          200,000
Robert A. Pearce.......................................           50,000
Roy G. Williams (including affiliated entities)........          400,000
L. Clark Arnold........................................           50,000
Igor Mousasticoshvily..................................          133,333
David Carmichael.......................................           50,000
</TABLE>

Such options and warrants were granted pursuant to the exemption set forth under
Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

    On April 27, 1999 we approved the issuance of shares of our common stock to
the following persons in lieu of paying such persons salary or fees owed to such
persons. Such shares of our common stock were valued for such purpose at $.20
per share, the price of shares of Common Stock on the OTC Bulletin Board as of
April 27, 1999:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                                          NUMBER OF SHARES
- ----                                                          ----------------
<S>                                                           <C>
Robert P. Jeffcock..........................................      250,000
Robert A. Pearce............................................      187,500
Don Box.....................................................       20,000
Igor Mousasticoshvily.......................................       50,000
</TABLE>

Such shares were issued pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

    On June 9, 1999 we entered into an Agreement of Settlement and Release with
Joseph J. Haraoui and related parties to resolve certain disputes relating to
the agreement reached in 1996 with Mr. Haraoui with respect to the acquisition
of up to twenty-five specified claims in the Cuiaba Basin of Brazil. Pursuant to
the terms of the Settlement Agreement, we issued to Mr. Haraoui an aggregate of
250,000 shares of our common stock. These shares were issued pursuant to
Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

    In September 1997, we granted options to purchase, in the aggregate, 250,000
shares of our common stock to two separate individuals in their capacities as
our Directors. The options allowed Robert P. Jeffcock and Robert A. Pearce to
purchase 200,000 and 50,000 shares of our common stock, respectively, at an
exercise price of $1.00 per share. Mr. Jeffcock and Mr. Pearce received their
options as part of their remuneration for services rendered to us. Each
individual's options vested on the date of grant and were initially exercisable
up until December 31, 1999. The expiration date of these options was later
extended to

                                      II-3
<PAGE>
January 1, 2001. In January 2000, these shares were issued pursuant to a
registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act.

    In connection with our transactions with Minmet Plc, we agreed to pay Roy
Williams certain fees for introducing Minmet Plc to us, negotiation of Minmet
Plc's option to purchase our indirect subsidiary Mineradora de Bauxita Ltda.,
arranging short term funding of our operations, and providing basic office
accommodations and secretarial assistance. On December 4, 1998, Mr. Williams was
paid a fee of $60,000. We paid the fee by issuing to Mr. Williams 180,000 shares
of our common stock valued for this purpose at $0.20 per share and transferring
to Mr. Williams 265,000 ordinary shares of Minmet Plc valued for this purpose at
approximately $0.09 per share. The shares of our common stock were issued
pursuant to the exemption from registration under the Securities Act set forth
in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

    On November 18, 1997, Igor Mousasticoshvily acquired certain claims in the
Cuiaba Basin for a purchase price of $150,000. On December 8, 1997, we agreed to
purchase Mr. Mousasticoshvily's claims for $150,000 consisting of a cash payment
of $50,000 with the remaining $100,000 balance being paid in 133,333 shares of
our common stock and the issuance to Mr. Mousasticoshvily of warrants to
purchase 133,333 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.50. The
warrants were exercisable until January 1, 2000. In March 1999, we issued to
Mr. Mousasticoshvily the 133,333 shares of our common stock. Both the shares of
our common stock and the warrants were issued to Mr. Mousasticoshvily were
pursuant to the exemption from registration under the Securities Act set forth
in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

    On December 23, 1997, we completed a private placement of an aggregate of
400,000 shares of our common stock to three of our existing stockholders at a
purchase price of $.75 per share. Roy G. Williams, Zalcany Limited and
Mustardseed Estates Limited purchased 68,000, 292,000 and 40,000 shares of our
common stock respectively. Along with each share of our common stock sold in the
private placement, we granted to the holders a warrant to purchase one share of
our common stock at an exercise price of $1.50. The warrants were exercisable
until January 1, 2000 and were exercised in December 1999. The proceeds of the
private placement were used for working capital purposes. These shares and the
shares issued pursuant to the exercise of the warrants were issued pursuant to
the exemption from registration under the Securities Act set forth in
Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

    On September 27, 1997, we granted options to purchase, in the aggregate,
100,000 shares of our common stock to two separate individuals in their
capacities as our employees. The options allowed each individual to purchase
50,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $1.00 per share.

    - The first block of options, allowing the grantee to purchase 50,000 shares
      of our common stock, was granted to David Carmichael. Mr. Carmichael
      served as the General Manager for Mineradora de Bauxita Ltda. These
      options vested in increments of 17,000, 17,000 and 16,000. The initial
      grant of options to purchase 17,000 shares vested on the date of grant.
      The remaining blocks of 17,000 and 16,000 options vested on April 1, 1998
      and April 1, 1999, respectively. These options were exercised in January
      2000.

    - The second block of options, allowing the grantee to purchase 50,000
      shares of our common stock, was granted to L. Clark Arnold, a former
      Director and Vice President--Exploration of ours. Mr. Arnold's options
      vested on the date of grant and were exercised in January 2000.

    In January 2000, all of the shares issued pursuant to the exercise of the
options were issued pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8 under the
Securities Act.

    On September 27, 1997, we granted 50,000 shares of our common stock to Jay
Lutsky, for his contributions as an investor relations consultant to us at that
time. Mr. Lutsky also served as an officer and a director of Starlight
Acquisitions, Inc. These shares were issued pursuant to the exemption from
registration under the Securities Act set forth in Section 4(2) of the
Securities Act.

                                      II-4
<PAGE>
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS

    The following exhibits are filed as part of this registration statement.
Exhibit numbers correspond to the exhibits required by Item 601 of
Regulation S-K.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                           DESCRIPTION
- -----------   ------------------------------------------------------------
<C>           <S>
    2.1       Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated July 29, 1996, and among
              Toucan Gold Corporation and Starlight Acquisitions, Inc.
              (incorporated by reference from the Current Report on
              Form 8-K dated July 29, 1996, Exhibit 2.1).

    2.2       Share Exchange Agreement, dated May 10, 1996, by and among
              Starlight Acquisitions, Inc. and Toucan Mining Limited
              (incorporated by reference from the Current Report on
              Form 8-K dated May 13, 1996, Exhibit 2).

    2.3(4)    Share Sale Agreement regarding ITIS Technologies Ltd., dated
              July 22, 1999, by and among David J. Blanchfield, James L.
              Jackson, David R. Wray, Barry Jones, Ian McNeill and Toucan
              Gold Corporation. (Exhibit 10.1)

    3.1       Certificate of Incorporation of Toucan Gold Corporation
              filed on July 22, 1996 with the Secretary of State of the
              State of Delaware (incorporated by reference from the
              Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 29, 1996,
              Exhibit 4.1).

    3.2       Amendment to our Certificate of Incorporation filed on
              August 25, 1999, with the Secretary of State of Delaware
              (incorporated by reference to our Quarterly Report on
              Form 10-QSB for the quarter ended September 30, 1998,
              Exhibit 3.1)

    3.3(1)    Bylaws of Authoriszor Inc. (Exhibit 3.2).

    4.1(3)    Option Agreement, dated September 27, 1997, by and
              between L. Clark Arnold and Toucan Gold Corporation
              (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Annual
              Report on Form 10-KSB for the period ended December 31,
              1997)

    4.2(3)    Amendment Number One to Stock Option Agreement, dated as of
              April 27, 1999, by and between L. Clark Arnold and Toucan
              Gold Corporation (Exhibit 4.2)

    4.3(3)    Amended and Restated Stock Option Agreement, dated as of
              April 1, 1999, by and between Robert P. Jeffcock and Toucan
              Gold Corporation (Exhibit 4.4)

    4.4(3)    Option Agreement, dated February 2, 1998, by and between
              Robert A. Pearce and Toucan Gold Corporation (incorporated
              by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to our Annual Report on
              Form 10-KSB for the period ended December 31, 1997)

    4.5(3)    Amendment Number One to Stock Option Agreement, dated as of
              April 27, 1999, by and between Robert A. Pearce and Toucan
              Gold Corporation (Exhibit 4.6)

    4.6(3)    Amended and Restated Stock Option Agreement, dated as of
              April 1, 1999, by and between David Carmichael and Toucan
              Gold Corporation (Exhibit 4.8)

    4.7*      Specimen Stock Certificate of Authoriszor Inc.

    5.*       Opinion and consent of Jenkens & Gilchrist, a Professional
              Corporation, as to legality of the common stock to be issued
              by Authoriszor Inc.

   10.1(1)    Warrant Agreement, dated July 29, 1996, by and between
              Toucan Gold Corporation and R. Haydn Silleck
              (Exhibit 10.1).

   10.2(1)    Warrant Agreement dated July 29, 1996, by and between Toucan
              Gold Corporation and John B. Marvin (Exhibit 10.2).

   10.3(1)    Warrant Agreement dated July 29, 1996, by and between Toucan
              Gold Corporation and Peter S. Daley (Exhibit 10.3).
</TABLE>

                                      II-5
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                           DESCRIPTION
- -----------   ------------------------------------------------------------
<C>           <S>
   10.4(1)    Warrant Agreement dated July 29, 1996, by and between Toucan
              Gold Corporation and Jay Lutsky (Exhibit 10.4).

   10.5(2)    Agreement for the sale and purchase of the whole of the
              issued share capital of Anagram Limited, dated December 3,
              1998, among Toucan Mining Limited, Toucan Gold Corporation,
              Inc. and Minmet Plc (Exhibit 10.1).

   10.6(2)    Supplemental Agreement, dated December 3, 1998 among Toucan
              Mining Limited, Toucan Gold Corporation, Inc. and Minmet Plc
              (Exhibit 10.2).

   10.7(2)    Option Agreement Regarding Mineradora De Bauxita Ltda, dated
              December 3, 1998, among Toucan Mining Limited, Toucan Gold
              Corporation, Inc. and Anagram Limited (Exhibit 10.3).

   10.8(2)    Agreement for the purchase of the whole of the issued share
              capital of Mineradora de Bauxita Ltda, dated December 3,
              1998 among Toucan Mining Limited, Toucan Gold Corporation,
              Inc. and Anagram Limited (Exhibit 10.4).

   10.9(2)    Form of Minmet Plc Warrant Instrument (Exhibit 10.5).

   10.10(4)   Deed of Indemnity, dated July 22, 1999, by and among
              David J. Blanchfield, James L. Jackson, David R. Wray,
              Barry Jones, Ian McNeill and Toucan Gold Corporation.
              (Exhibit 10.2)

   10.11(4)   Letter of Appointment, dated July 22, 1999, by and between
              David J. Blanchfield and ITIS Technologies Ltd.
              (Exhibit 10.3)

   10.12(4)   Letter of Appointment, dated July 22, 1999, by and between
              James L. Jackson and ITIS Technologies Ltd. (Exhibit 10.4)

   10.13(4)   Letter of Appointment, dated July 22, 1999, by and between
              David R. Wray and ITIS Technologies Ltd. (Exhibit 10.5)

   10.14(4)   Engagement Letter, dated July 22, 1999, by and between
              Commercial Technology Ltd. and ITIS Technologies Ltd.
              (Exhibit 10.6)

   10.15(4)   Engagement Letter, dated July 22, 1999, by and between CCM
              Ventures Ltd. and ITIS Technologies Ltd. (Exhibit 10.7)

   10.16(4)   Engagement Letter, dated July 22, 1999, by and between
              Robert Jeffcock and Toucan Gold Corporation. (Exhibit 10.8)

  +10.17      Consulting Agreement, dated September 23, 1999 by and
              between Sir Malcolm Rifkind and Authoriszor Ltd.
              (incorporated by reference to our Quarterly Report on
              Form 10-QSB for the quarter ended September 30, 1998,
              Exhibit 10.9)

  +10.18(5)   Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2000,
              by and between Authoriszor Inc. and Richard A. Langevin.
              (Exhibit 10.1)

  +10.19(5)   Authoriszor Inc. 1999 Stock Plan. (Exhibit 10.2)

  +10.20(5)   Form of Agreement under the 1999 Stock Plan and Schedule of
              Agreements (Exhibit 10.3)

  +10.21(5)   Consulting Agreement, dated November 12, 1999, by and
              between Authoriszor Inc. and Raymond G. H. Seitz
              (Exhibit 10.4)

  +10.22(5)   Consulting Agreement, dated September 23, 1999, by and
              between Authoriszor Inc. and Sir Malcolm Rifkind
              (Exhibit 10.5)

  +10.23(5)   Stock Option Agreement, dated as of September 23, 1999, by
              and between Authoriszor Inc. and Sir Malcolm Rifkind.
              (Exhibit 10.6)
</TABLE>

                                      II-6
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                           DESCRIPTION
- -----------   ------------------------------------------------------------
<C>           <S>
   10.24(5)   Placing Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2000, by and
              among Authoriszor Inc., Beeson Gregory Limited and certain
              Directors of Authoriszor Inc. (Exhibit 10.7)

   10.25(5)   Supplemental Placing Agreement, dated as of February 9,
              2000, by and among Authoriszor Inc., Beeson Gregory Limited
              and certain Directors of Authoriszor Inc. (Exhibit 10.8)

   10.26(5)   Registration Rights Agreement, dated February 16, 2000, by
              and between Authoriszor Inc. and Beeson Gregory Limited.
              (Exhibit 10.9)

   10.27(5)   Lock-up Agreement, dated January 2000, by and among
              Authoriszor Inc., Beeson Gregory Limited and Raymond Seitz
              and others. (Exhibit 10.10)

   10.28(5)   Deed of Covenant, dated as of February 22, 2000, by and
              among Authoriszor Holdings Limited, WRDC Limited and certain
              persons named in Schedule 1 to the Deed. (Exhibit 10.11)

   10.29(5)   Shareholders' Agreement, dated as of January 27, 2000, by
              and among Authoriszor Holdings Limited, WRDC Limited, the
              shareholders of WRDC Limited and Authoriszor Inc., relating
              to WRDC Limited. (Exhibit 10.12)

   10.30(5)   Letter Agreement, dated February 22, 2000, by and between
              Authoriszor Holdings Limited and WRDC Limited regarding
              credit facility. (Exhibit 10.13)

   10.31(5)   Letter Agreement, dated February 22, 2000, by and between
              Authoriszor Holdings Limited and WRDC Limited regarding
              credit facility. (Exhibit 10.14)

   10.32(6)   Share Sale Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2000, by and
              between the Company and Golden Ridge Group Limited.
              (Exhibit 2.1)

  +10.33*     Stock Option Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2000, between
              Authoriszor Inc. and Richard A. Langevin.

  +10.34*     Stock Option Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2000, between
              Authoriszor Inc. and Richard A. Langevin.

  +10.35*     Stock Option Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2000, between
              Authoriszor Inc. and Richard A. Langevin.

  +10.36*     Stock Option Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2000, between
              Authoriszor Inc. and Richard A. Langevin.

  +10.37*     Stock Option Agreement, dated as of November 1, 1999,
              between Authoriszor Inc. and Raymond Seitz.

   21.*       Subsidiaries of Authoriszor Inc.

   23.1*      Consent of Grant Thornton LLP

   23.2*      Consent of Grant Thornton (UK)

   23.3*      Consent of Brown Butler & Co

   23.4*      Consent of Marcus Phillips

   23.5       Consent of Jenkens & Gilchrist, a Professional Corporation
              (included in Exhibit 5)

   24.        Power of Attorney of certain officers and directors of
              Authoriszor Inc. (included on signature page hereto)

   27.+       Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>

- ------------------------

+   To be filed by amendment.

*   Filed herewith.

                                      II-7
<PAGE>
+  Compensation plan, benefit plan or employment contract or arrangement.

(1) Incorporated by reference to the exhibit shown in parenthesis included in
    our Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the period ended December 31, 1996,
    filed by us with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(2) Incorporated by reference to the exhibit shown in parenthesis included in
    our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed January 5, 1999 by us with the
    Securities and Exchange Commission.

(3) Incorporated by reference to the exhibit shown in parenthesis to our
    Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed with the Securities and Exchange
    Commission on December 30, 1999.

(4) Incorporated by reference to the exhibit shown in parenthesis included in
    our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed by us with the Securities and Exchange
    Commission on August 6, 1999.

(5) Incorporated by reference to the exhibit shown in parenthesis from our
    Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the quarter ended December 31, 1999.

(6) Incorporated by reference to the exhibit shown in parenthesis from our
    Current Report on Form 8-K, filed by us on February 14, 2000 with the
    Securities and Exchange Commission.

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS

    The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

        (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made,
    a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

           (i) to include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the
       Securities Act of 1933;

           (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after
       the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent
       post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the
       aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in
       the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase
       or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of
       securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any
       deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering
       range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the
       Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in
       volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum
       aggregate offering price set forth in the "Calculation of Registration
       Fee" table in the effective registration statement.

          (iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of
       distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or
       any material change to such information in the registration statement.

        (2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the
    Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed
    to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered
    therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to
    be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

        (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment
    any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the
    termination of the offering.

                                      II-8
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

    In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed
on its behalf by the undersigned, in the City of Boston, Commonwealth of
Massachusetts on March 15, 1999.

<TABLE>
<S>                                                    <C>  <C>
                                                       AUTHORISZOR INC.

                                                       By:  /s/ RICHARD A. LANGEVIN
                                                            -----------------------------------------
                                                            Richard A. Langevin,
                                                            PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
</TABLE>

    In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
registration statement was signed below by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates stated. Each of the directors and/or officers of
whose signature appears below hereby appoints Richard A. Langevin, as his
attorney-in-fact to sign in his or her name and behalf, in any and all
capacities stated below and to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission
any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments, to this
registration statement on Form S-1, making such changes in the registration
statement as appropriate, and generally to do all such things on their behalf in
their capacities as directors and/or officers to enable Authoriszor Inc. to
comply with the provisions of the Securities Act, and all requirements of the
Securities and Exchange Commission.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   SIGNATURE                                     TITLE                       DATE
                   ---------                                     -----                       ----
<S>                                               <C>                                  <C>
                                                  President, Chief Executive Officer,
/s/ RICHARD A. LANGEVIN                             Interim Chief Financial Officer
- --------------------------------------              and Director (Principal Executive  March 15, 2000
Richard A. Langevin                                 Officer and Principal Accounting
                                                    and Financial Officer)

/s/ RAYMOND G. H. SEITZ
- --------------------------------------            Chairman of the Board                March 16, 2000
Raymond G. H. Seitz

/s/ JAMES L. JACKSON
- --------------------------------------            Vice President, Secretary            March 17, 2000
James L. Jackson                                    and Director

- --------------------------------------            Director                             March   , 2000
David R. Wray

/s/ SIR MALCOLM RIFKIND
- --------------------------------------            Director                             March 17, 2000
Sir Malcolm Rifkind
</TABLE>

                                      II-9
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   SIGNATURE                                     TITLE                       DATE
                   ---------                                     -----                       ----
<S>                                               <C>                                  <C>
/s/ ROBERT P. JEFFCOCK
- --------------------------------------            Director                             March 17, 2000
Robert P. Jeffcock

/s/ DON BOX
- --------------------------------------            Director                             March 17, 2000
Don Box
</TABLE>

                                     II-10

<PAGE>

EXHIBIT 4.1


                            INCORPORATED UNDER THE
                          LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE

                                                          COMMON STOCK

[NUMBER]                         [COMPANY LOGO]                [SHARES]


THIS CERTIFICATE IS
TRANSFERABLE IN DALLAS, TEXAS      AUTHORISZOR INC.          CUSIP 052673100
                                                        SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN
                                                        DEFINITIONS AND LEGENDS

THIS CERTIFIES THAT



IS THE OWNER OF



FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF THE PAR VALUE OF $.01 PER SHARE OF THE
COMMON STOCK OF


                               AUTHORISZOR INC.



Therein called the "Corporation" transferable on the books of the
Corporation by the holder hereof, in person or by duly authorized attorney,
upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed or accompanied by a
proper assignment. This Certificate and the shares represented hereby are
issued and shall be held subject to all of the provisions of the Certificate
of Incorporation and the Bylaws of the Corporation and all amendments
thereto, copies of which are on file at the principal offices of the
Corporation and the Transfer Agent, to all of which the holder of this
Certificate by acceptance hereof assents. This certificate is not valid until
countersigned by the Transfer Agent and registered by the Registrar of the
Corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused the facsimile signatures of
its duly authorized officers and its facsimile seal to be hereto affixed.



Dated:

                                              COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:
                                         STOCK TRANSFER COMPANY OF AMERICA, INC.
                                               TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR


                                                BY

ATTEST                                                     AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

     [Signature]              [Corporate Seal]             [Signature]

                                           Chief Executive Officer and President


                                AUTHORISZOR INC.

<PAGE>

     The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of
this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full
according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM  --  as tenants in common   UNIF GIFT MIN ACT  --  _____Custodian______

TEN ENT  --  as tenants by the entireties               (Cust)           (Minor)

JT TEN   --  as joint tenants with right           Under Uniform Gifts to Minors
of survivorship and not as                         Act _________________________
tenants in common                                      (State)


    Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

     For Value Received, ________________________ hereby sell, assign and
transfer unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
  IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
_______________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________
PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEE

________________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________ Shares

of the $.01 par value Common Stock represented by the within Certificate, and do
hereby irrevocably
constitute and appoint _________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________
Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named
Corporation, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated: _____________________


                                               X _______________________________
                                                           (Signature)
       NOTICE

       THE SIGNATURES TO THIS ASSIGNMENT
       MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAMES(S)
       AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE
       CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR         X _______________________________
       WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT                   (Signature)
       OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION
as defined in Rule 15 and 17 under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 as
amended
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SIGNATURE(S) GUARANTEED BY:


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



<PAGE>

                                                            Exhibit 5.1





                                    March 17, 2000


Authoriszor Inc.
1 Justin Road
Natick, Massachusetts 01750-5565


     Re:  Offering of Common Stock by Certain Selling Stockholders

Gentlemen:

     Authoriszor Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), is filing with
the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") its registration
statement on Form S-1 (the "Registration Statement") and the prospectus (the
"Prospectus") contained therein, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the "Act").  The Registration Statement relates to the offer and sale by
certain stockholders ("Selling Stockholders") of the Company pursuant to Rule
415 under the Act of an aggregate of (1) 2,727,273 shares (the "Resale
Shares") of the Company's common stock, par value $.01 per share ("Common
Stock") and (2) 100,000 shares of Common Stock (the "Warrant Shares") to be
issued by the Company on the exercise of certain warrants (the "Warrants")
issued by the Company.  We have acted as counsel to the Company in connection
with the preparation and filing of the Registration Statement and the related
Prospectus.

     In connection therewith, we have examined and relied upon the original
or copies, certified to our satisfaction, of (i) the Certificate of
Incorporation, as amended,  and the bylaws of the Company, (ii) copies of
resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company authorizing the offering
of the Shares, the preparation and filing of the Registration Statement and
related matters, (iii) the Warrants; (iv) the Registration Statement and all
amendments and exhibits thereto, and (v) such other documents and instruments
as we have deemed necessary for the expression of the opinions herein
contained.  In making the foregoing examinations, we have assumed the
genuineness of all signatures and the authenticity of all documents submitted
to us as originals, and the conformity to original documents of all documents
submitted to us as certified or photostatic copies.  Additionally, we have
assumed that the  Company maintains an adequate number of authorized but
unissued shares and/or treasury shares available for issuance to those
persons who purchase Warrant Shares pursuant to the Warrants.  As to various
questions of fact material to this opinion, we have relied, to the extent we
deem reasonably appropriate, upon representations or certificates of officers
or directors of the Company and upon documents, records and instruments
furnished to us by the Company, without independent check or verification of
their accuracy.

<PAGE>

Authoriszor Inc.
March 17, 2000
Page 2


     Based upon the foregoing, we are of the opinion that (1) the Resale
Shares, as described in the Registration Statement, have been duly authorized
for issuance and are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable; and (2)
the Warrant Shares, as described in the Registration Statement, have been
duly authorized for issuance, and if and when issued and paid for in
accordance with the terms of the Warrants, will be validly issued, fully paid
and nonassessable.

     We advise you that we are licensed to practice law only in the State of
Texas, and we are not experts with respect to the laws of any other
jurisdictions other than the laws of the State of Texas, the Delaware General
Corporation Laws, and the federal laws of the United States of America.

     We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement and to the use of our name under the caption "Legal
Matters" in the Prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement.  In
giving such consent, we do not admit that we come within the category of
persons whose consent is required by Section 7 of the Act or the rules and
regulations of the Commission thereunder.


                              Respectfully submitted,

                              JENKENS & GILCHRIST,
                               a Professional Corporation



                              By:
                                 -----------------------------------
                                   Mark D. Wigder
                                   Authorized Signatory



<PAGE>

                              STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
                                 AUTHORISZOR  INC.

     This unilateral grant by the Company (as hereinafter defined) constitutes
a valid Nonqualified Stock Option (the "Option") for a total of 200,000 shares
(the "Shares") of common stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Common Stock"),
of AUTHORISZOR INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company") whose principal
executive offices are situated at 8201 Preston Road, Suite 600, Dallas, Texas
75225, is hereby granted to RICHARD A. LANGEVIN (the "Optionee") pursuant to
an Executive Employment Agreement dated as of January 1, 2000 between the
Company and the Optionee (the "Employment Agreement") and pursuant to the
terms of this Option Agreement (the "Option Agreement").

     SECTION 1.  EXERCISE PRICE.  The exercise price of the Option is $6.75
for each Share.

     SECTION 2.  EXERCISE OF THE OPTION.   This Option may be exercised on
January 1, 2001 and from time to time thereafter, subject to the provisions
contained in SECTIONS 3 AND 4 below.

          (a)  METHOD OF EXERCISE.  Options shall be deemed properly exercised
               when:

               (i)   the Company has received written notice of such exercise,
          stating the number of Shares which are being purchased, delivered to
          the Company and signed by the person or persons entitled to exercise
          the Option and, if the Option is being exercised by any person or
          persons other than the Optionee, be accompanied by proof,
          satisfactory to the Company, of the right of such person or persons
          to exercise the Option;

               (ii)  full payment of the exercise price of the Shares as to
          which the Option is exercised has been tendered to the Company; and

               (iii) arrangements that are satisfactory to the Board of
          Directors of the Company (the "Board") in its sole discretion have
          been made for the Optionee's payment to the Company of the amount, if
          any, that the Company determines to be necessary for the Company to
          withhold in accordance with applicable federal or state income, or
          federal employment, tax withholding requirements.

          (b)  PAYMENT.  The exercise price of any Shares purchased shall be
     paid in cash, by certified or cashier's check, by money order or by
     personal check (if approved by the Board); PROVIDED, FURTHER, that any
     federal or state income, or federal employment, taxes which the Company
     determines should be withheld, shall be paid by the Optionee to the
     Company in cash, by certified or cashier's check, by money order or by
     personal check (if approved by the Board).

<PAGE>

          (c)  RESTRICTIONS ON EXERCISE.

               (i)   This Option may not be exercised if the issuance of the
          Shares upon such exercise would constitute a violation of any
          applicable federal or state securities or other law or valid
          regulation.  As a condition to the exercise of this Option, the
          Company may require the exercising person to make any agreements and
          undertakings that may be required by any applicable law or
          regulation.

               (ii)  Shares issued upon the exercise of this Option without
          registration of such Shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as
          amended (the "Securities Act"), shall be restricted securities
          subject to the terms of Rule 144 under the Securities Act.  The
          certificates representing any such Shares shall bear an appropriate
          legend restricting transfer and the transfer agent of the Company
          shall be given stop transfer instructions with respect to such
          Shares.

               (iii) At the request of the Optionee, the Company will file a
          Registration Statement on Form S-8 registering the issuance of the
          Shares; PROVIDED THAT the Company meets the requirements of Form S-8.

     SECTION 3.  TERM OF OPTION.  This Option may not be exercised after
December 31, 2009 and is subject to earlier termination as provided in SECTION
4.  In addition, this Option is subject to cancellation by the Company upon a
significant corporate event as provided in SECTION 4 below.  This Option may
be exercised during such times only in accordance with the terms of this
Option Agreement.

     SECTION 4.  TERMINATION OF OPTION PERIOD.

          The unexercised portion of this Option shall automatically and
     without notice terminate and become null and void at the time of the
     earliest to occur of the following:

               (a)   upon the date the Company terminates the Employment
          Agreement for "Cause" pursuant to the terms of Paragraph 25 of the
          Employment Agreement;

               (b)   upon the date on which the Optionee becomes physically or
          mentally disabled, as defined by 29 C.F.R. Section 1630.2(g)(1), and
          cannot perform the essential functions of his position, with
          reasonable accommodation;

               (c)   upon the date of the death of the Optionee; or

               (d)   December 31, 2009.

     SECTION 5.  ACCELERATION OF OPTION PERIOD.

          Upon the occurrence of either of the events described in Section 5(a)
     or 5(b), the Option shall automatically vest in full and become
     immediately exercisable.

                                      2

<PAGE>

               (a)   a Sale of the Company, as defined in Paragraph 3 of the
          Employment Agreement; or

               (b)   termination of the Optionee by the Company without cause
          under Paragraph 24 of the Employment Agreement.

     SECTION 6.  ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

          (a)  If at any time while an unexercised Option is outstanding
     hereunder, there shall be any increase or decrease in the number of issued
     and outstanding shares of Common Stock through the declaration of a stock
     dividend or through any recapitalization resulting in a stock split-up,
     combination or exchange of shares, then and in such event proportionate
     adjustment shall be made in the number of Shares and the exercise price
     per Share thereof then subject to this Option, so that the same proportion
     of the Company's issued and outstanding shares shall remain subject to
     purchase at the same aggregate exercise price.

          (b)  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the issuance by
     the Company of shares of its capital stock of any class, or securities
     convertible into shares of capital stock of any class, either in
     connection with direct sale or upon the exercise of rights or warrants to
     subscribe therefor, or upon conversion of shares or obligations of the
     Company convertible into such shares or other securities, shall not
     affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to
     the number of or exercise price of Shares then subject to this Option.

          (c)  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the existence
     of this Option shall not affect in any manner the right or power of the
     Company to make, authorize or consummate (i) any or all adjustments,
     recapitalizations, reorganizations or other changes in the Company's
     capital structure or its business; (ii) any merger or consolidation of the
     Company; (iii) any issue by the Company of debt securities, or preferred
     or preference stock that would rank above the Shares subject to this
     Option; (iv) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company; (v) any sale,
     transfer or assignment of all or any part of the assets or business of the
     Company; or (vi) any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a
     similar character or otherwise.

     SECTION 7.  MARKET STAND OFF PERIOD.  Optionee hereby agrees that, if so
requested by the Company or any representative of the underwriters in
connection with any registration of the offering (the "Offering") of any
securities of the Company under the Securities Act, Optionee shall not sell or
otherwise transfer any of the Shares or other securities of the Company during
the 180-day period (or such other period as may be requested in writing by the
managing underwriter with respect to the Offering and agreed to by the
Company) (the "Market Standoff Period") following the effective date of a
registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act.  Such
restriction shall apply only to the first registration statement of the
Company to become effective under the Securities Act that includes securities
to be sold on behalf of the Company to the public in an underwritten public
offering under the Securities Act.  The Company may impose stop-transfer

                                      3

<PAGE>

instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions
until the end of such Market Standoff Period.

     SECTION 8.  NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTION.   This Option may be transferred
or assigned by the Optionee only to family members, trusts or other entities
for the benefit of the Optionee or for the benefit of the Optionee's family
members, by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or by the laws
regulating testate or intestate succession applicable to the Optionee.

     SECTION 9.  ISSUANCE OF SHARES.  No person shall be, or have any rights
or privileges of, a stockholder of the Company with respect to any of the
Shares subject to this Option unless and until certificates representing such
Shares have been issued and delivered to such person.  As a condition of an
issuance of a stock certificate for Shares, the Company may obtain such
agreements or undertakings, if any, as it may deem necessary or advisable to
assure compliance with any provision of this Option Agreement or any law or
regulation, including, but not limited to, the following:

          (a)  The Optionee's representation and warranty to the Company, at
     the time the Option is exercised, that the Shares to be issued are being
     acquired for investment and not with a view to, or for sale in connection
     with, the distribution of any such Shares; and

          (b)  The Optionee's representation, warranty or agreement to be bound
     by any legends that are, in the opinion of the Company, necessary or
     appropriate to comply with the provisions of any securities law deemed by
     the Company to be applicable to the issuance of the Shares and to be
     endorsed upon the certificates representing the Shares.

     SECTION 10.  ADMINISTRATION OF THIS OPTION.

          (a)  The determinations and the interpretation and construction of
     any provision of this Option by the Company shall be final and conclusive.

          (b)  Subject to the express provisions of this Option, the Company
     shall have the authority, in its sole and absolute discretion, to adopt,
     amend, and rescind administrative and interpretive rules and regulations
     relating to this Option and to perform all other acts necessary or
     advisable for administering this Option, including the delegation of such
     ministerial acts and responsibilities as the Company deems appropriate.

     SECTION 11.  GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS.  The granting and exercise of this
Option and the obligation of the Company to sell and deliver Shares under this
Option, shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to
such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges
as may be required.

     SECTION 12.  LAW GOVERNING.  THIS OPTION IS INTENDED TO BE PERFORMED IN
THE STATE OF DELAWARE AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF SUCH STATE EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT DELAWARE LAW IS
PREEMPTED BY FEDERAL LAW.

                                      4

<PAGE>

     SECTION 13.  NOTICES.   Whenever any notice is required or permitted
under this Option Agreement, such notice must be in writing and personally
delivered or sent by mail or delivery by a recognized courier service.  Any
notice required or permitted to be delivered under this Option Agreement shall
be deemed to be delivered on the date on which it is personally delivered, or,
if mailed, whether actually received or not, on the third business day after
it is deposited in the mail, certified or registered, postage prepaid,
addressed to the person who is to receive it at the address that such person
has previously specified by written notice delivered in accordance with this
subsection.  The Company or the Optionee may change, at any time and from time
to time, by written notice to the other, an address, or in the case of
Optionee the name and address of his counsel,  that was previously specified
for receiving notices. Until changed in accordance with this Option Agreement,
the Company and the Optionee shall specify as its or his address for receiving
notices the address set forth in this Option Agreement pertaining to the
Shares to which such notice relates.

     SECTION 14.  MISCELLANEOUS.

          (a)  The Company has full corporate authority to grant this Option,
     and this Option is granted to the Optionee in implementation of the
     Employment Agreement  describing such Option and is in addition to any
     other stock option plans of the Company or other benefits with respect to
     the Optionee's position with or relationship to the Company or its
     subsidiaries.  This Option shall not confer upon the Optionee the right to
     continue as an employee, director, consultant or advisor, or interfere in
     any way with the rights of the Company to terminate the Optionee's status
     as an employee, director, consultant or advisor.

          (b)  The members of the Board shall not be liable for any act,
     omission or determination taken or made in good faith with respect to this
     Option, and members of the Board shall, in addition to all other rights of
     indemnification and reimbursement, be entitled to indemnification and
     reimbursement by the Company in respect of any claim, loss, damage,
     liability or expense (including attorneys' fees, the costs of settling any
     suit, provided such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel
     selected by the Company, and amounts paid in satisfaction of a judgment,
     except a judgment based on a finding of bad faith) arising from such
     claim, loss, damage, liability or expense to the full extent permitted by
     law and under any directors' and officers' liability or similar insurance
     coverage that may from time to time be in effect.

          (c)  Any issuance or transfer of Shares to the Optionee, or to the
     Optionee's legal representative, heir, legatee, or distributee, in
     accordance with the provisions of this Option, shall, to the extent
     thereof, be in full satisfaction of all claims of such persons under this
     Option.  The Company may require the Optionee, or any legal
     representative, heir, legatee or distributee as a condition precedent to
     such payment or issuance or transfer of Shares, to execute a release and
     receipt for such payment or issuance or transfer of Shares in such form as
     it shall determine.

          (d)  Neither the Board nor the Company guarantees Shares from loss or
     depreciation.

                                      5

<PAGE>

          (e)  All expenses incident to the administration, termination, or
     protection of this Option, including, but not limited to, legal and
     accounting fees, shall be paid by the Company; provided, however, the
     Company may recover any and all damages, fees, expenses and costs arising
     out of any actions taken by the Company to enforce its rights under this
     Option.

          (f)  Records of the Company shall be conclusive for all purposes
     under this Option, unless determined by the Board to be incorrect.

          (g)  Any action required of the Company relating to this Option shall
     be by resolution of the Board or by a person authorized to act by
     resolution of the Board.

          (h)  If any provision of this Option is held to be illegal or invalid
     for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the
     remaining provisions of this Option, but such provision shall be fully
     severable, and this Option shall be construed and enforced as if the
     illegal or invalid provision had never been included in this Option.

          (i)  Any person entitled to notice under this Option may waive such
     notice.

          (j)  This Option shall be binding upon the Optionee, his legal
     representatives, heirs, legatees and distributees upon the Company, its
     successors, and assigns, and upon the Board and its successors.

          (k)  The titles and headings of Sections are included for convenience
     of reference only and are not to be considered in construction of this
     Option's provisions.

          (l)  Words used in the masculine shall apply to the feminine where
     applicable, and wherever the context of this Option dictates, the plural
     shall be read as the singular and the singular as the plural.


DATE OF GRANT:                     AUTHORISZOR INC.

JANUARY 1, 2000
                                   By:
                                      ---------------------------
                                      JAMES L. JACKSON
                                      VICE PRESIDENT

ADDRESS:

Windsor House
Cornwall Road
Harrogate, North Yorkshire
United Kingdom
HG1 2PW

                                      6

<PAGE>

     Optionee hereby accepts this Option subject to all the terms and
provisions of this Option Agreement.

                                        By:
                                             ------------------------
                                             RICHARD A. LANGEVIN



ADDRESS:

1 Justin Road
Natick, MA 01760-5565

COUNSEL:

Jarvis P. Kellogg, Esq.
Epstein Becker & Green

phone: (617) 342-4000
fax:   (617) 342-4001



                                      7

<PAGE>

                               STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
                                 AUTHORISZOR  INC.

     This unilateral grant by the Company (as hereinafter defined) constitutes a
valid Nonqualified Stock Option (the "Option") for a total of 100,000 shares
(the "Shares") of common stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Common Stock"),
of AUTHORISZOR INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company") whose principal
executive offices are situated at 8201 Preston Road, Suite 600, Dallas, Texas
75225, is hereby granted to RICHARD A. LANGEVIN (the "Optionee") pursuant to an
Executive Employment Agreement dated as of January 1, 2000 between the Company
and the Optionee (the "Employment Agreement") and pursuant to the terms of this
Option Agreement (the "Option Agreement").

     SECTION 1.  EXERCISE PRICE.  The exercise price of the Option is $6.75 for
each Share.

     SECTION 2.  EXERCISE OF THE OPTION.   This Option may be exercised on
January 1, 2002 and from time to time thereafter, subject to the provisions
contained in SECTIONS 3 AND 4 below.

          (a)  METHOD OF EXERCISE.  Options shall be deemed properly exercised
               when:

               (i)   the Company has received written notice of such exercise,
          stating the number of Shares which are being purchased, delivered to
          the Company and signed by the person or persons entitled to exercise
          the Option and, if the Option is being exercised by any person or
          persons other than the Optionee, be accompanied by proof, satisfactory
          to the Company, of the right of such person or persons to exercise the
          Option;

               (ii)  full payment of the exercise price of the Shares as to
          which the Option is exercised has been tendered to the Company; and

               (iii) arrangements that are satisfactory to the Board of
          Directors of the Company (the "Board") in its sole discretion have
          been made for the Optionee's payment to the Company of the amount, if
          any, that the Company determines to be necessary for the Company to
          withhold in accordance with applicable federal or state income, or
          federal employment, tax withholding requirements.

          (b)  PAYMENT.  The exercise price of any Shares purchased shall be
     paid in cash, by certified or cashier's check, by money order or by
     personal check (if approved by the Board); PROVIDED, FURTHER, that any
     federal or state income, or federal employment, taxes which the Company
     determines should be withheld, shall be paid by the Optionee to the Company
     in cash, by certified or cashier's check, by money order or by personal
     check (if approved by the Board).

<PAGE>

          (c)  RESTRICTIONS ON EXERCISE.

               (i)   This Option may not be exercised if the issuance of the
          Shares upon such exercise would constitute a violation of any
          applicable federal or state securities or other law or valid
          regulation.  As a condition to the exercise of this Option, the
          Company may require the exercising person to make any agreements and
          undertakings that may be required by any applicable law or regulation.

               (ii)  Shares issued upon the exercise of this Option without
          registration of such Shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as
          amended (the "Securities Act"), shall be restricted securities subject
          to the terms of Rule 144 under the Securities Act.  The certificates
          representing any such Shares shall bear an appropriate legend
          restricting transfer and the transfer agent of the Company shall be
          given stop transfer instructions with respect to such Shares.

               (iii) At the request of the Optionee, the Company will file a
          Registration Statement on Form S-8 registering the issuance of the
          Shares; PROVIDED THAT the Company meets the requirements of Form S-8.

     SECTION 3.  TERM OF OPTION.  This Option may not be exercised after
December 31, 2009 and is subject to earlier termination as provided in SECTION
4.  In addition, this Option is subject to cancellation by the Company upon a
significant corporate event as provided in SECTION 4 below.  This Option may be
exercised during such times only in accordance with the terms of this Option
Agreement.

     SECTION 4.  TERMINATION OF OPTION PERIOD.

          The unexercised portion of this Option shall automatically and without
     notice terminate and become null and void at the time of the earliest to
     occur of the following:

               (a)   upon the date the Company terminates the Employment
          Agreement for "Cause" pursuant to the terms of Paragraph 25 of the
          Employment Agreement;

               (b)   upon the date on which the Optionee becomes physically or
          mentally disabled, as defined by 29 C.F.R. Section 1630.2(g)(1), and
          cannot perform the essential functions of his position, with
          reasonable accommodation;

               (c)   upon the date of the death of the Optionee; or

               (d)   December 31, 2009.

     SECTION 5.  ACCELERATION OF OPTION PERIOD.

          Upon the occurrence of either of the events described in Section 5(a)
     or 5(b), the Option shall automatically vest in full and become immediately
     exercisable.


                                       2
<PAGE>

               (a)   a Sale of the Company, as defined in Paragraph 3 of the
          Employment Agreement; or

               (b)   termination of the Optionee by the Company without cause
          under Paragraph 24 of the Employment Agreement.

     SECTION 6.      ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

          (a)  If at any time while an unexercised Option is outstanding
     hereunder, there shall be any increase or decrease in the number of issued
     and outstanding shares of Common Stock through the declaration of a stock
     dividend or through any recapitalization resulting in a stock split-up,
     combination or exchange of shares, then and in such event proportionate
     adjustment shall be made in the number of Shares and the exercise price per
     Share thereof then subject to this Option, so that the same proportion of
     the Company's issued and outstanding shares shall remain subject to
     purchase at the same aggregate exercise price.

          (b)  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the issuance by
     the Company of shares of its capital stock of any class, or securities
     convertible into shares of capital stock of any class, either in connection
     with direct sale or upon the exercise of rights or warrants to subscribe
     therefor, or upon conversion of shares or obligations of the Company
     convertible into such shares or other securities, shall not affect, and no
     adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to the number of or
     exercise price of Shares then subject to this Option.

          (c)  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the existence
     of this Option shall not affect in any manner the right or power of the
     Company to make, authorize or consummate (i) any or all adjustments,
     recapitalizations, reorganizations or other changes in the Company's
     capital structure or its business; (ii) any merger or consolidation of the
     Company; (iii) any issue by the Company of debt securities, or preferred or
     preference stock that would rank above the Shares subject to this Option;
     (iv) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company; (v) any sale, transfer
     or assignment of all or any part of the assets or business of the Company;
     or (vi) any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar
     character or otherwise.

     SECTION 7.  MARKET STAND OFF PERIOD.  Optionee hereby agrees that, if so
requested by the Company or any representative of the underwriters in connection
with any registration of the offering (the "Offering") of any securities of the
Company under the Securities Act, Optionee shall not sell or otherwise transfer
any of the Shares or other securities of the Company during the 180-day period
(or such other period as may be requested in writing by the managing underwriter
with respect to the Offering and agreed to by the Company) (the "Market Standoff
Period") following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company
filed under the Securities Act.  Such restriction shall apply only to the first
registration statement of the Company to become effective under the Securities
Act that includes securities to be sold on behalf of the Company to the public
in an underwritten public offering under the Securities Act.  The Company may
impose stop-transfer


                                       3
<PAGE>

instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions
until the end of such Market Standoff Period.

     SECTION 8.  NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTION.  This Option may be transferred
or assigned by the Optionee only to family members, trusts or other entities for
the benefit of the Optionee or for the benefit of the Optionee's family members,
by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or by the laws regulating
testate or intestate succession applicable to the Optionee.

     SECTION 9.  ISSUANCE OF SHARES.  No person shall be, or have any rights or
privileges of, a stockholder of the Company with respect to any of the Shares
subject to this Option unless and until certificates representing such Shares
have been issued and delivered to such person.  As a condition of an issuance of
a stock certificate for Shares, the Company may obtain such agreements or
undertakings, if any, as it may deem necessary or advisable to assure compliance
with any provision of this Option Agreement or any law or regulation, including,
but not limited to, the following:

          (a)  The Optionee's representation and warranty to the Company, at the
     time the Option is exercised, that the Shares to be issued are being
     acquired for investment and not with a view to, or for sale in connection
     with, the distribution of any such Shares; and

          (b)  The Optionee's representation, warranty or agreement to be bound
     by any legends that are, in the opinion of the Company, necessary or
     appropriate to comply with the provisions of any securities law deemed by
     the Company to be applicable to the issuance of the Shares and to be
     endorsed upon the certificates representing the Shares.

     SECTION 10.  ADMINISTRATION OF THIS OPTION.

          (a)  The determinations and the interpretation and construction of any
     provision of this Option by the Company shall be final and conclusive.

          (b)  Subject to the express provisions of this Option, the Company
     shall have the authority, in its sole and absolute discretion, to adopt,
     amend, and rescind administrative and interpretive rules and regulations
     relating to this Option and to perform all other acts necessary or
     advisable for administering this Option, including the delegation of such
     ministerial acts and responsibilities as the Company deems appropriate.

     SECTION 11.  GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS.  The granting and exercise of this
Option and the obligation of the Company to sell and deliver Shares under this
Option, shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to
such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as
may be required.

     SECTION 12.  LAW GOVERNING.  THIS OPTION IS INTENDED TO BE PERFORMED IN THE
STATE OF DELAWARE AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND
GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF SUCH STATE EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT DELAWARE LAW IS
PREEMPTED BY FEDERAL LAW.


                                       4
<PAGE>

     SECTION 13.  NOTICES.  Whenever any notice is required or permitted under
this Option Agreement, such notice must be in writing and personally delivered
or sent by mail or delivery by a recognized courier service.  Any notice
required or permitted to be delivered under this Option Agreement shall be
deemed to be delivered on the date on which it is personally delivered, or, if
mailed, whether actually received or not, on the third business day after it is
deposited in the mail, certified or registered, postage prepaid, addressed to
the person who is to receive it at the address that such person has previously
specified by written notice delivered in accordance with this subsection.  The
Company or the Optionee may change, at any time and from time to time, by
written notice to the other, an address, or in the case of Optionee the name and
address of his counsel, that was previously specified for receiving notices.
Until changed in accordance with this Option Agreement, the Company and the
Optionee shall specify as its or his address for receiving notices the address
set forth in this Option Agreement pertaining to the Shares to which such notice
relates.

     SECTION 14.  MISCELLANEOUS.

          (a)  The Company has full corporate authority to grant this Option,
     and this Option is granted to the Optionee in implementation of the
     Employment Agreement  describing such Option and is in addition to any
     other stock option plans of the Company or other benefits with respect to
     the Optionee's position with or relationship to the Company or its
     subsidiaries.  This Option shall not confer upon the Optionee the right to
     continue as an employee, director, consultant or advisor, or interfere in
     any way with the rights of the Company to terminate the Optionee's status
     as an employee, director, consultant or advisor.

          (b)  The members of the Board shall not be liable for any act,
     omission or determination taken or made in good faith with respect to this
     Option, and members of the Board shall, in addition to all other rights of
     indemnification and reimbursement, be entitled to indemnification and
     reimbursement by the Company in respect of any claim, loss, damage,
     liability or expense (including attorneys' fees, the costs of settling any
     suit, provided such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel
     selected by the Company, and amounts paid in satisfaction of a judgment,
     except a judgment based on a finding of bad faith) arising from such claim,
     loss, damage, liability or expense to the full extent permitted by law and
     under any directors' and officers' liability or similar insurance coverage
     that may from time to time be in effect.

          (c)  Any issuance or transfer of Shares to the Optionee, or to the
     Optionee's legal representative, heir, legatee, or distributee, in
     accordance with the provisions of this Option, shall, to the extent
     thereof, be in full satisfaction of all claims of such persons under this
     Option.  The Company may require the Optionee, or any legal representative,
     heir, legatee or distributee as a condition precedent to such payment or
     issuance or transfer of Shares, to execute a release and receipt for such
     payment or issuance or transfer of Shares in such form as it shall
     determine.

          (d)  Neither the Board nor the Company guarantees Shares from loss or
     depreciation.


                                       5
<PAGE>

          (e)  All expenses incident to the administration, termination, or
     protection of this Option, including, but not limited to, legal and
     accounting fees, shall be paid by the Company; provided, however, the
     Company may recover any and all damages, fees, expenses and costs arising
     out of any actions taken by the Company to enforce its rights under this
     Option.

          (f)  Records of the Company shall be conclusive for all purposes under
     this Option, unless determined by the Board to be incorrect.

          (g)  Any action required of the Company relating to this Option shall
     be by resolution of the Board or by a person authorized to act by
     resolution of the Board.

          (h)  If any provision of this Option is held to be illegal or invalid
     for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining
     provisions of this Option, but such provision shall be fully severable, and
     this Option shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid
     provision had never been included in this Option.

          (i)  Any person entitled to notice under this Option may waive such
     notice.

          (j)  This Option shall be binding upon the Optionee, his legal
     representatives, heirs, legatees and distributees upon the Company, its
     successors, and assigns, and upon the Board and its successors.

          (k)  The titles and headings of Sections are included for convenience
     of reference only and are not to be considered in construction of this
     Option's provisions.

          (l)  Words used in the masculine shall apply to the feminine where
     applicable, and wherever the context of this Option dictates, the plural
     shall be read as the singular and the singular as the plural.


DATE OF GRANT:                         AUTHORISZOR INC.

JANUARY 1, 2000
                                       By:
                                          ------------------------------------
                                          JAMES L. JACKSON
                                          VICE PRESIDENT

ADDRESS:

Windsor House
Cornwall Road
Harrogate, North Yorkshire
United Kingdom
HG1 2PW


                                       6
<PAGE>


     Optionee hereby accepts this Option subject to all the terms and provisions
of this Option Agreement.


                                       By:
                                          ------------------------------------
                                          RICHARD A. LANGEVIN

ADDRESS:

1 Justin Road
Natick, MA 01760-5565

COUNSEL:

Jarvis P. Kellogg, Esq.
Epstein Becker & Green

phone: (617) 342-4000
fax:   (617) 342-4001


                                       7

<PAGE>

                             STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
                                AUTHORISZOR INC.

         This unilateral grant by the Company (as hereinafter defined)
constitutes a valid Nonqualified Stock Option (the "Option") for a total of
100,000 shares (the "Shares") of common stock, par value $.01 per share (the
"Common Stock"), of AUTHORISZOR INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company")
whose principal executive offices are situated at 8201 Preston Road, Suite 600,
Dallas, Texas 75225, is hereby granted to RICHARD A. LANGEVIN (the "Optionee")
pursuant to an Executive Employment Agreement dated as of January 1, 2000
between the Company and the Optionee (the "Employment Agreement") and pursuant
to the terms of this Option Agreement (the "Option Agreement").

         SECTION 1. EXERCISE PRICE. The exercise price of the Option is $6.75
for each Share.

         SECTION 2. EXERCISE OF THE OPTION. This Option may be exercised on
January 1, 2003 and from time to time thereafter, subject to the provisions
contained in SECTIONS 3 AND 4 below.

               (a)  METHOD OF EXERCISE. Options shall be deemed properly
         exercised when:

                    (i)   the Company has received written notice of such
               exercise, stating the number of Shares which are being purchased,
               delivered to the Company and signed by the person or persons
               entitled to exercise the Option and, if the Option is being
               exercised by any person or persons other than the Optionee, be
               accompanied by proof, satisfactory to the Company, of the right
               of such person or persons to exercise the Option;

                    (ii)  full payment of the exercise price of the Shares
               as to which the Option is exercised has been tendered to the
               Company; and

                    (iii) arrangements that are satisfactory to the Board of
               Directors of the Company (the "Board") in its sole discretion
               have been made for the Optionee's payment to the Company of the
               amount, if any, that the Company determines to be necessary for
               the Company to withhold in accordance with applicable federal or
               state income, or federal employment, tax withholding
               requirements.

               (b)  PAYMENT. The exercise price of any Shares purchased shall
         be paid in cash, by certified or cashier's check, by money order or by
         personal check (if approved by the Board); PROVIDED, FURTHER, that any
         federal or state income, or federal employment, taxes which the Company
         determines should be withheld, shall be paid by the Optionee to the
         Company in cash, by certified or cashier's check, by money order or by
         personal check (if approved by the Board).

<PAGE>

               (c)  RESTRICTIONS ON EXERCISE.

                    (i)   This Option may not be exercised if the issuance
               of the Shares upon such exercise would constitute a violation
               of any applicable federal or state securities or other law or
               valid regulation. As a condition to the exercise of this Option,
               the Company may require the exercising person to make any
               agreements and undertakings that may be required by any
               applicable law or regulation.

                    (ii)  Shares issued upon the exercise of this Option
               without registration of such Shares under the Securities Act of
               1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), shall be restricted
               securities subject to the terms of Rule 144 under the Securities
               Act. The certificates representing any such Shares shall bear
               an appropriate legend restricting transfer and the transfer agent
               of the Company shall be given stop transfer instructions with
               respect to such Shares.

                    (iii) At the request of the Optionee, the Company will file
               a Registration Statement on Form S-8 registering the issuance of
               the Shares; PROVIDED THAT the Company meets the requirements of
               Form S-8.

         SECTION 3.  TERM OF OPTION. This Option may not be exercised after
December 31, 2009 and is subject to earlier termination as provided in SECTION
4. In addition, this Option is subject to cancellation by the Company upon a
significant corporate event as provided in SECTION 4 below. This Option may be
exercised during such times only in accordance with the terms of this Option
Agreement.

         SECTION 4.  TERMINATION OF OPTION PERIOD.

               The unexercised portion of this Option shall automatically and
         without notice terminate and become null and void at the time of the
         earliest to occur of the following:

                    (a) upon the date the Company terminates the Employment
               Agreement for "Cause" pursuant to the terms of Paragraph 25 of
               the Employment Agreement;

                    (b) upon the date on which the Optionee becomes physically
               or mentally disabled, as defined by 29 C.F.R. Section
               1630.2(g)(1), and cannot perform the essential functions of his
               position, with reasonable accommodation;

                    (c) upon the date of the death of the Optionee; or

                    (d) December 31, 2009.

         SECTION 5.  ACCELERATION OF OPTION PERIOD.

               Upon the occurrence of either of the events described in
         Section 5(a) or 5(b), the Option shall automatically vest in full and
         become immediately exercisable.


                                       2
<PAGE>

                    (a)  a Sale of the Company, as defined in Paragraph 3 of
               the Employment Agreement; or

                    (b)  termination of the Optionee by the Company without
               cause under Paragraph 24 of the Employment Agreement.

         SECTION 6.  ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

               (a)   If at any time while an unexercised Option is outstanding
         hereunder, there shall be any increase or decrease in the number of
         issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock through the declaration
         of a stock dividend or through any recapitalization resulting in a
         stock split-up, combination or exchange of shares, then and in such
         event proportionate adjustment shall be made in the number of Shares
         and the exercise price per Share thereof then subject to this Option,
         so that the same proportion of the Company's issued and outstanding
         shares shall remain subject to purchase at the same aggregate exercise
         price.

               (b)   Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the
         issuance by the Company of shares of its capital stock of any class, or
         securities convertible into shares of capital stock of any class,
         either in connection with direct sale or upon the exercise of rights or
         warrants to subscribe therefor, or upon conversion of shares or
         obligations of the Company convertible into such shares or other
         securities, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall
         be made with respect to the number of or exercise price of Shares then
         subject to this Option.

               (c)   Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the
         existence of this Option shall not affect in any manner the right or
         power of the Company to make, authorize or consummate (i) any or all
         adjustments, recapitalizations, reorganizations or other changes in the
         Company's capital structure or its business; (ii) any merger or
         consolidation of the Company; (iii) any issue by the Company of debt
         securities, or preferred or preference stock that would rank above the
         Shares subject to this Option; (iv) the dissolution or liquidation of
         the Company; (v) any sale, transfer or assignment of all or any part of
         the assets or business of the Company; or (vi) any other corporate act
         or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.

         SECTION 7.  MARKET STAND OFF PERIOD. Optionee hereby agrees that, if so
requested by the Company or any representative of the underwriters in connection
with any registration of the offering (the "Offering") of any securities of the
Company under the Securities Act, Optionee shall not sell or otherwise transfer
any of the Shares or other securities of the Company during the 180-day period
(or such other period as may be requested in writing by the managing underwriter
with respect to the Offering and agreed to by the Company) (the "Market Standoff
Period") following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company
filed under the Securities Act. Such restriction shall apply only to the first
registration statement of the Company to become effective under the Securities
Act that includes securities to be sold on behalf of the Company to the public
in an underwritten public offering under the Securities Act. The Company may
impose stop-transfer


                                       3
<PAGE>

instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions
until the end of such Market Standoff Period.

         SECTION 8. NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTION. This Option may be transferred
or assigned by the Optionee only to family members, trusts or other entities for
the benefit of the Optionee or for the benefit of the Optionee's family members,
by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or by the laws regulating
testate or intestate succession applicable to the Optionee.

         SECTION 9. ISSUANCE OF SHARES. No person shall be, or have any rights
or privileges of, a stockholder of the Company with respect to any of the Shares
subject to this Option unless and until certificates representing such Shares
have been issued and delivered to such person. As a condition of an issuance of
a stock certificate for Shares, the Company may obtain such agreements or
undertakings, if any, as it may deem necessary or advisable to assure compliance
with any provision of this Option Agreement or any law or regulation, including,
but not limited to, the following:

               (a)  The Optionee's representation and warranty to the Company,
         at the time the Option is exercised, that the Shares to be issued are
         being acquired for investment and not with a view to, or for sale in
         connection with, the distribution of any such Shares; and

               (b)  The Optionee's representation, warranty or agreement to be
         bound by any legends that are, in the opinion of the Company, necessary
         or appropriate to comply with the provisions of any securities law
         deemed by the Company to be applicable to the issuance of the Shares
         and to be endorsed upon the certificates representing the Shares.

         SECTION 10.  ADMINISTRATION OF THIS OPTION.

               (a)  The determinations and the interpretation and construction
         of any provision of this Option by the Company shall be final and
         conclusive.

               (b)  Subject to the express provisions of this Option, the
         Company shall have the authority, in its sole and absolute discretion,
         to adopt, amend, and rescind administrative and interpretive rules and
         regulations relating to this Option and to perform all other acts
         necessary or advisable for administering this Option, including the
         delegation of such ministerial acts and responsibilities as the Company
         deems appropriate.

         SECTION 11.  GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS. The granting and exercise of this
Option and the obligation of the Company to sell and deliver Shares under this
Option, shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to
such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as
may be required.

         SECTION 12.  LAW GOVERNING. THIS OPTION IS INTENDED TO BE PERFORMED IN
THE STATE OF DELAWARE AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND
GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF SUCH STATE EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT DELAWARE LAW IS
PREEMPTED BY FEDERAL LAW.


                                       4
<PAGE>

         SECTION 13. NOTICES. Whenever any notice is required or permitted under
this Option Agreement, such notice must be in writing and personally delivered
or sent by mail or delivery by a recognized courier service. Any notice required
or permitted to be delivered under this Option Agreement shall be deemed to be
delivered on the date on which it is personally delivered, or, if mailed,
whether actually received or not, on the third business day after it is
deposited in the mail, certified or registered, postage prepaid, addressed to
the person who is to receive it at the address that such person has
previously specified by written notice delivered in accordance with this
subsection. The Company or the Optionee may change, at any time and from time
to time, by written notice to the other, an address, or in the case of
Optionee the name and address of his counsel, that was previously specified
for receiving notices. Until changed in accordance with this Option
Agreement, the Company and the Optionee shall specify as its or his address
for receiving notices the address set forth in this Option Agreement
pertaining to the Shares to which such notice relates.

         SECTION 14.  MISCELLANEOUS.

               (a)  The Company has full corporate authority to grant this
         Option, and this Option is granted to the Optionee in implementation of
         the Employment Agreement describing such Option and is in addition to
         any other stock option plans of the Company or other benefits with
         respect to the Optionee's position with or relationship to the Company
         or its subsidiaries. This Option shall not confer upon the Optionee the
         right to continue as an employee, director, consultant or advisor, or
         interfere in any way with the rights of the Company to terminate the
         Optionee's status as an employee, director, consultant or advisor.

               (b)  The members of the Board shall not be liable for any act,
         omission or determination taken or made in good faith with respect to
         this Option, and members of the Board shall, in addition to all other
         rights of indemnification and reimbursement, be entitled to
         indemnification and reimbursement by the Company in respect of any
         claim, loss, damage, liability or expense (including attorneys' fees,
         the costs of settling any suit, provided such settlement is approved by
         independent legal counsel selected by the Company, and amounts paid in
         satisfaction of a judgment, except a judgment based on a finding of bad
         faith) arising from such claim, loss, damage, liability or expense to
         the full extent permitted by law and under any directors' and officers'
         liability or similar insurance coverage that may from time to time be
         in effect.

               (c)  Any issuance or transfer of Shares to the Optionee, or to
         the Optionee's legal representative, heir, legatee, or distributee, in
         accordance with the provisions of this Option, shall, to the extent
         thereof, be in full satisfaction of all claims of such persons under
         this Option. The Company may require the Optionee, or any legal
         representative, heir, legatee or distributee as a condition precedent
         to such payment or issuance or transfer of Shares, to execute a release
         and receipt for such payment or issuance or transfer of Shares in such
         form as it shall determine.

               (d)  Neither the Board nor the Company guarantees Shares from
         loss or depreciation.


                                       5
<PAGE>

               (e)  All expenses incident to the administration, termination,
         or protection of this Option, including, but not limited to, legal and
         accounting fees, shall be paid by the Company; provided, however, the
         Company may recover any and all damages, fees, expenses and costs
         arising out of any actions taken by the Company to enforce its rights
         under this Option.

               (f)  Records of the Company shall be conclusive for all purposes
         under this Option, unless determined by the Board to be incorrect.

               (g)  Any action required of the Company relating to this Option
         shall be by resolution of the Board or by a person authorized to act by
         resolution of the Board.

               (h)  If any provision of this Option is held to be illegal or
         invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect
         the remaining provisions of this Option, but such provision shall be
         fully severable, and this Option shall be construed and enforced as if
         the illegal or invalid provision had never been included in this
         Option.

               (i)  Any person entitled to notice under this Option may waive
         such notice.

               (j)  This Option shall be binding upon the Optionee, his legal
         representatives, heirs, legatees and distributees upon the Company, its
         successors, and assigns, and upon the Board and its successors.

               (k)  The titles and headings of Sections are included for
         convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in
         construction of this Option's provisions.

               (l)  Words used in the masculine shall apply to the feminine
         where applicable, and wherever the context of this Option dictates, the
         plural shall be read as the singular and the singular as the plural.


DATE OF GRANT:                         AUTHORISZOR INC.

JANUARY 1, 2000
                                       By:
                                          -----------------------------------
                                          JAMES L. JACKSON
                                          VICE PRESIDENT

ADDRESS:

Windsor House
Cornwall Road
Harrogate, North Yorkshire
United Kingdom
HG1 2PW


                                       6
<PAGE>


         Optionee hereby accepts this Option subject to all the terms and
provisions of this Option Agreement.


                                       By:
                                          -----------------------------------
                                          RICHARD A. LANGEVIN


ADDRESS:

1 Justin Road
Natick, MA 01760-5565

COUNSEL:

Jarvis P. Kellogg, Esq.
Epstein Becker & Green

phone: (617) 342-4000
fax:   (617) 342-4001


                                       7

<PAGE>

                            STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
                                AUTHORISZOR INC.

         This unilateral grant by the Company (as hereinafter defined)
constitutes a valid Nonqualified Stock Option (the "Option") for a total of
100,000 shares (the "Shares") of common stock, par value $.01 per share (the
"Common Stock"), of AUTHORISZOR INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company")
whose principal executive offices are situated at 8201 Preston Road, Suite
600, Dallas, Texas 75225, is hereby granted to RICHARD A. LANGEVIN (the
"Optionee") pursuant to an Executive Employment Agreement dated as of January
1, 2000 between the Company and the Optionee (the "Employment Agreement") and
pursuant to the terms of this Option Agreement (the "Option Agreement").

         SECTION 1. EXERCISE PRICE. The exercise price of the Option is $6.75
for each Share.

         SECTION 2. EXERCISE OF THE OPTION. This Option may be exercised on
January 1, 2004 and from time to time thereafter, subject to the provisions
contained in SECTIONS 3 AND 4 below.

                  (a) METHOD OF EXERCISE. Options shall be deemed properly
         exercised when:

                           (i) the Company has received written notice of such
                  exercise, stating the number of Shares which are being
                  purchased, delivered to the Company and signed by the person
                  or persons entitled to exercise the Option and, if the Option
                  is being exercised by any person or persons other than the
                  Optionee, be accompanied by proof, satisfactory to the
                  Company, of the right of such person or persons to exercise
                  the Option;

                           (ii) full payment of the exercise price of the
                  Shares as to which the Option is exercised has been tendered
                  to the Company; and

                           (iii) arrangements that are satisfactory to the
                  Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") in its sole
                  discretion have been made for the Optionee's payment to the
                  Company of the amount, if any, that the Company determines to
                  be necessary for the Company to withhold in accordance with
                  applicable federal or state income, or federal employment,
                  tax withholding requirements.

                  (b) PAYMENT. The exercise price of any Shares purchased shall
         be paid in cash, by certified or cashier's check, by money order or by
         personal check (if approved by the Board); PROVIDED, FURTHER, that any
         federal or state income, or federal employment, taxes which the
         Company determines should be withheld, shall be paid by the Optionee
         to the Company in cash, by certified or cashier's check, by money
         order or by personal check (if approved by the Board).


<PAGE>

                  (c)      RESTRICTIONS ON EXERCISE.

                           (i) This Option may not be exercised if the issuance
                  of the Shares upon such exercise would constitute a violation
                  of any applicable federal or state securities or other law or
                  valid regulation. As a condition to the exercise of this
                  Option, the Company may require the exercising person to make
                  any agreements and undertakings that may be required by any
                  applicable law or regulation.

                           (ii) Shares issued upon the exercise of this Option
                  without registration of such Shares under the Securities Act
                  of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), shall be
                  restricted securities subject to the terms of Rule 144 under
                  the Securities Act. The certificates representing any such
                  Shares shall bear an appropriate legend restricting transfer
                  and the transfer agent of the Company shall be given stop
                  transfer instructions with respect to such Shares.

                           (iii) At the request of the Optionee, the Company
                  will file a Registration Statement on Form S-8 registering
                  the issuance of the Shares; PROVIDED THAT the Company meets
                  the requirements of Form S-8.

         SECTION 3. TERM OF OPTION. This Option may not be exercised after
December 31, 2009 and is subject to earlier termination as provided in SECTION
4. In addition, this Option is subject to cancellation by the Company upon a
significant corporate event as provided in SECTION 4 below. This Option may be
exercised during such times only in accordance with the terms of this Option
Agreement.

         SECTION 4. TERMINATION OF OPTION PERIOD.

                  The unexercised portion of this Option shall automatically
         and without notice terminate and become null and void at the time of
         the earliest to occur of the following:

                           (a) upon the date the Company terminates the
                  Employment Agreement for "Cause" pursuant to the terms of
                  Paragraph 25 of the Employment Agreement;

                           (b) upon the date on which the Optionee becomes
                  physically or mentally disabled, as defined by 29 C.F.R.
                  Section 1630.2(g)(1), and cannot perform the essential
                  functions of his position, with reasonable accommodation;

                           (c) upon the date of the death of the Optionee; or

                           (d) December 31, 2009.

         SECTION 5. ACCELERATION OF OPTION PERIOD.

                  Upon the occurrence of either of the events described in
         Section 5(a) or 5(b), the Option shall automatically vest in full and
         become immediately exercisable.


                                        2

<PAGE>

                           (a) a Sale of the Company, as defined in Paragraph 3
                  of the Employment Agreement; or

                           (b) termination of the Optionee by the Company
                  without cause under Paragraph 24 of the Employment Agreement.

         SECTION 6. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

                  (a) If at any time while an unexercised Option is outstanding
         hereunder, there shall be any increase or decrease in the number of
         issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock through the declaration
         of a stock dividend or through any recapitalization resulting in a
         stock split-up, combination or exchange of shares, then and in such
         event proportionate adjustment shall be made in the number of Shares
         and the exercise price per Share thereof then subject to this Option,
         so that the same proportion of the Company's issued and outstanding
         shares shall remain subject to purchase at the same aggregate exercise
         price.

                  (b) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the
         issuance by the Company of shares of its capital stock of any class,
         or securities convertible into shares of capital stock of any class,
         either in connection with direct sale or upon the exercise of rights
         or warrants to subscribe therefor, or upon conversion of shares or
         obligations of the Company convertible into such shares or other
         securities, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof
         shall be made with respect to the number of or exercise price of
         Shares then subject to this Option.

                  (c) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the
         existence of this Option shall not affect in any manner the right or
         power of the Company to make, authorize or consummate (i) any or all
         adjustments, recapitalizations, reorganizations or other changes in
         the Company's capital structure or its business; (ii) any merger or
         consolidation of the Company; (iii) any issue by the Company of debt
         securities, or preferred or preference stock that would rank above
         the Shares subject to this Option; (iv) the dissolution or
         liquidation of the Company; (v) any sale, transfer or assignment of
         all or any part of the assets or business of the Company; or (vi) any
         other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or
         otherwise.

         SECTION 7. MARKET STAND OFF PERIOD. Optionee hereby agrees that, if
so requested by the Company or any representative of the underwriters in
connection with any registration of the offering (the "Offering") of any
securities of the Company under the Securities Act, Optionee shall not sell or
otherwise transfer any of the Shares or other securities of the Company during
the 180-day period (or such other period as may be requested in writing by the
managing underwriter with respect to the Offering and agreed to by the
Company) (the "Market Standoff Period") following the effective date of a
registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act. Such
restriction shall apply only to the first registration statement of the
Company to become effective under the Securities Act that includes securities
to be sold on behalf of the Company to the public in an underwritten public
offering under the Securities Act. The Company may impose stop-transfer


                                       3

<PAGE>

instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions
until the end of such Market Standoff Period.

         SECTION 8. NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTION. This Option may be
transferred or assigned by the Optionee only to family members, trusts or
other entities for the benefit of the Optionee or for the benefit of the
Optionee's family members, by will or by the laws of descent and distribution
or by the laws regulating testate or intestate succession applicable to the
Optionee.

         SECTION 9. ISSUANCE OF SHARES. No person shall be, or have any rights
or privileges of, a stockholder of the Company with respect to any of the
Shares subject to this Option unless and until certificates representing such
Shares have been issued and delivered to such person. As a condition of an
issuance of a stock certificate for Shares, the Company may obtain such
agreements or undertakings, if any, as it may deem necessary or advisable to
assure compliance with any provision of this Option Agreement or any law or
regulation, including, but not limited to, the following:

                  (a) The Optionee's representation and warranty to the
         Company, at the time the Option is exercised, that the Shares to be
         issued are being acquired for investment and not with a view to, or
         for sale in connection with, the distribution of any such Shares; and

                  (b) The Optionee's representation, warranty or agreement to
         be bound by any legends that are, in the opinion of the Company,
         necessary or appropriate to comply with the provisions of any
         securities law deemed by the Company to be applicable to the issuance
         of the Shares and to be endorsed upon the certificates representing
         the Shares.

         SECTION 10. ADMINISTRATION OF THIS OPTION.

                  (a) The determinations and the interpretation and
         construction of any provision of this Option by the Company shall be
         final and conclusive.

                  (b) Subject to the express provisions of this Option, the
         Company shall have the authority, in its sole and absolute discretion,
         to adopt, amend, and rescind administrative and interpretive rules and
         regulations relating to this Option and to perform all other acts
         necessary or advisable for administering this Option, including the
         delegation of such ministerial acts and responsibilities as the
         Company deems appropriate.

         SECTION 11. GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS. The granting and exercise of this
Option and the obligation of the Company to sell and deliver Shares under this
Option, shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to
such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as
may be required.

         SECTION 12. LAW GOVERNING. THIS OPTION IS INTENDED TO BE PERFORMED IN
THE STATE OF DELAWARE AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF SUCH STATE EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT DELAWARE LAW IS
PREEMPTED BY FEDERAL LAW.


                                       4

<PAGE>

         SECTION 13. NOTICES. Whenever any notice is required or permitted
under this Option Agreement, such notice must be in writing and personally
delivered or sent by mail or delivery by a recognized courier service. Any
notice required or permitted to be delivered under this Option Agreement shall
be deemed to be delivered on the date on which it is personally delivered, or,
if mailed, whether actually received or not, on the third business day after
it is deposited in the mail, certified or registered, postage prepaid,
addressed to the person who is to receive it at the address that such person
has previously specified by written notice delivered in accordance with this
subsection. The Company or the Optionee may change, at any time and from time
to time, by written notice to the other, an address, or in the case of
Optionee the name and address of his counsel, that was previously specified
for receiving notices. Until changed in accordance with this Option Agreement,
the Company and the Optionee shall specify as its or his address for receiving
notices the address set forth in this Option Agreement pertaining to the
Shares to which such notice relates.

         SECTION 14. MISCELLANEOUS.

                  (a) The Company has full corporate authority to grant this
         Option, and this Option is granted to the Optionee in implementation
         of the Employment Agreement describing such Option and is in addition
         to any other stock option plans of the Company or other benefits with
         respect to the Optionee's position with or relationship to the
         Company or its subsidiaries. This Option shall not confer upon the
         Optionee the right to continue as an employee, director, consultant
         or advisor, or interfere in any way with the rights of the Company to
         terminate the Optionee's status as an employee, director, consultant
         or advisor.

                  (b) The members of the Board shall not be liable for any act,
         omission or determination taken or made in good faith with respect to
         this Option, and members of the Board shall, in addition to all other
         rights of indemnification and reimbursement, be entitled to
         indemnification and reimbursement by the Company in respect of any
         claim, loss, damage, liability or expense (including attorneys' fees,
         the costs of settling any suit, provided such settlement is approved
         by independent legal counsel selected by the Company, and amounts
         paid in satisfaction of a judgment, except a judgment based on a
         finding of bad faith) arising from such claim, loss, damage,
         liability or expense to the full extent permitted by law and under
         any directors' and officers' liability or similar insurance coverage
         that may from time to time be in effect.

                  (c) Any issuance or transfer of Shares to the Optionee, or to
         the Optionee's legal representative, heir, legatee, or distributee, in
         accordance with the provisions of this Option, shall, to the extent
         thereof, be in full satisfaction of all claims of such persons under
         this Option. The Company may require the Optionee, or any legal
         representative, heir, legatee or distributee as a condition precedent
         to such payment or issuance or transfer of Shares, to execute a
         release and receipt for such payment or issuance or transfer of
         Shares in such form as it shall determine.

                  (d) Neither the Board nor the Company guarantees Shares from
         loss or depreciation.


                                       5

<PAGE>

                  (e) All expenses incident to the administration, termination,
         or protection of this Option, including, but not limited to, legal and
         accounting fees, shall be paid by the Company; provided, however, the
         Company may recover any and all damages, fees, expenses and costs
         arising out of any actions taken by the Company to enforce its rights
         under this Option.

                  (f) Records of the Company shall be conclusive for all
         purposes under this Option, unless determined by the Board to be
         incorrect.

                  (g) Any action required of the Company relating to this
         Option shall be by resolution of the Board or by a person authorized
         to act by resolution of the Board.

                  (h) If any provision of this Option is held to be illegal or
         invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect
         the remaining provisions of this Option, but such provision shall be
         fully severable, and this Option shall be construed and enforced as if
         the illegal or invalid provision had never been included in this
         Option.

                  (i) Any person entitled to notice under this Option may waive
         such notice.

                  (j) This Option shall be binding upon the Optionee, his legal
         representatives, heirs, legatees and distributees upon the Company,
         its successors, and assigns, and upon the Board and its successors.

                  (k) The titles and headings of Sections are included for
         convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in
         construction of this Option's provisions.

                  (l) Words used in the masculine shall apply to the feminine
         where applicable, and wherever the context of this Option dictates,
         the plural shall be read as the singular and the singular as the
         plural.


DATE OF GRANT:                                 AUTHORISZOR INC.

JANUARY 1, 2000
                                               By:
                                                  -----------------------
                                                  JAMES L. JACKSON
                                                  VICE PRESIDENT

ADDRESS:

Windsor House
Cornwall Road
Harrogate, North Yorkshire
United Kingdom
HG1 2PW


                                        6

<PAGE>


         Optionee hereby accepts this Option subject to all the terms and
provisions of this Option Agreement.



                                          By:
                                              --------------------------
                                              RICHARD A. LANGEVIN



ADDRESS:

1 Justin Road
Natick, MA 01760-5565

COUNSEL:

Jarvis P. Kellogg, Esq.
Epstein Becker & Green

phone: (617) 342-4000
fax:   (617) 342-4001








                                        7


<PAGE>

                             STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
                                AUTHORISZOR INC.

         This unilateral grant by the Company (as hereinafter defined)
constitutes a valid Nonqualified Stock Option (the "Option") for a total of
200,000 shares (the "Shares") of common stock, par value $.01 per share (the
"Common Stock"), of AUTHORISZOR INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),
whose principal executive offices are situatated at 8201 Preston Road, Suite
600, Dallas, Texas 75225, is hereby granted to RAYMOND G H SEITZ of 10
Pembridge Place, London W24XB (the "Optionee") pursuant to the terms of this
Option Agreement (the "Option Agreement").

         SECTION 1. EXERCISE PRICE. The exercise price of the Option is $3.00
for each Share.

         SECTION 2. EXERCISE OF THE OPTION. This Option may be exercised at any
time and from time to time after the Date of Grant, subject to the provisions
contained in SECTIONS 3 AND 4 below.


                  (a)   METHOD OF EXERCISE. Options shall be deemed properly
         exercised when:

                        (i)    the Company has received written notice of such
                  exercise, stating the number of Shares which are being
                  purchased, delivered to the Company and signed by the person
                  or persons entitled to exercise the Option and, if the Option
                  is being exercised by any person or persons other than the
                  Optionee, be accompanied by proof, satisfactory to the
                  Company, of the right of such person or persons to exercise
                  the Option;

                        (ii)   full payment of the exercise price of the Shares
                  as to which the Option is exercised has been tendered to the
                  Company; and

                        (iii)  arrangements that are satisfactory to the Board
                  of Directors of the Company (the "Board") in its sole
                  discretion have been made for the Optionee's payment to the
                  Company of the amount, if any, that the Company determines to
                  be necessary for the Company to withhold in accordance with
                  applicable federal or state income tax withholding
                  requirements.

                  (b)   PAYMENT. The exercise price of any Shares purchased
         shall be paid in cash, by certified or cashier's check, by money
         order or by personal check (if approved by the Board).

                  (c)   RESTRICTIONS ON EXERCISE.

                        (i)    This Option may not be exercised if the issuance
                  of the Shares upon such exercise would constitute a violation
                  of any applicable federal or state securities or other law or
                  valid regulation. As a condition to the exercise of this
                  Option, the Company may require the exercising person to make
                  any agreements and undertakings that may be required by any
                  applicable law or regulation.


<PAGE>

                        (ii)   Shares issued upon the exercise of this Option
                  without registration of such Shares under the Securities Act
                  of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), shall be restricted
                  securities subject to the terms of Rule 144 under the Act.
                  The certificates representing any such Shares shall bear an
                  appropriate legend restricting transfer and the transfer
                  agent of the Company shall be given stop transfer
                  instructions with respect to such Shares.

         SECTION 3. TERM OF OPTION. This Option may not be exercised after
October 31, 2002 and is subject to earlier termination as provided in SECTION
4. In addition, this Option is subject to cancellation by the Company upon a
significant corporate event as provided in SECTION 4 below. This Option may be
exercised during such times only in accordance with the terms of this Option
Agreement.

         SECTION 4. TERMINATION OF OPTION PERIOD.

                  (a)   The unexercised portion of this Option shall
         automatically and without notice terminate and become null and void
         at the time of the earliest to occur of the following:

                        (i)    thirty (30) days after the date that the
                  Optionee ceases to be employed by the Company or a
                  subsidiary of the Company or ceases to be a director,
                  consultant or advisor to the Company or a subsidiary of the
                  Company, as the case may be, regardless of the reason
                  therefor other than as a result of such termination by
                  reason of (x) death, (y) mental or physical disability of
                  the Optionee as determined by a medical doctor satisfactory
                  to the Company or (z) valid termination of the Optionee's
                  employment, status as director, or consulting contract or
                  advisory services, as the case may be, with the Company or a
                  subsidiary for Cause,

                  The term "Cause," for the purposes of this Agreement, shall
                  mean any one or more of the following:

                        w.     Optionee's failure to observe or perform any
                               of the provisions of his Consulting
                               Agreement with the Company, dated November
                               12, 1999 (the "Consulting Agreement"), or
                               Optionee's failure to carry out lawful
                               directives of the Board.

                        x.     Optionee's performance of any criminal acts
                               (excluding traffic violations and other
                               minor offenses);

                        y.     Optionee's theft or embezzlement of
                               property, including trade secrets, of the
                               Company; or

                        z.     Optionee's negligence in the performance of
                               his duties under the Consulting Agreement.

                                      2

<PAGE>

                        (ii)   one (1) year after the date on which the
                  Optionee suffers a mental or physical disability as
                  determined by a medical doctor satisfactory to the Company;

                        (iii)  either (y) one (1) year after the date that the
                  Optionee ceases to be a director, consultant to or ceases to
                  be employed by, as the case may be, the Company or a
                  subsidiary of the Company, by reason of death of the
                  Optionee, or (z) six (6) months after the date on which the
                  Optionee shall die, if the Optionee's death shall occur
                  during the thirty (30) day period described in SECTION
                  4(a)(i) or the one-year period described in SECTION 4(a)(ii);

                        (iv)   the date that the Optionee ceases to be a
                  director, consultant to or ceases to be employed by, as the
                  case may be, the Company or a subsidiary as a result of a
                  valid termination for Cause; and

                        (v)    October 31,  2002

                  (b)   The Company in its sole discretion may, by giving
         written notice (a "Cancellation Notice") prior to the consummation of
         any of the transaction described in Section 4(b)(i) or 4(b)(ii),
         cancel, effective upon the date of the consummation of any of such
         transactions, all or any portion of this Option that remains
         unexercised on such date. Such Cancellation Notice shall be given a
         reasonable period of time (but not less than 15 days) prior to the
         effective date of such cancellation, and may be given either before
         or after stockholder approval of such transaction.

                        (i)    Any transaction (which shall include a series of
                  related transactions occurring within 60 days or occurring
                  pursuant to a plan) that has the result that stockholders of
                  the Company immediately before such transaction cease to own
                  at least 51% of (x) the voting stock of the Company or (y)
                  any entity that results from the participation of the Company
                  in a reorganization, consolidation, merger, liquidation or
                  any other form of corporate transaction.

                        (ii)   A sale, lease, exchange or other disposition of
                  all or substantially all the property and assets of the
                  Company to an unaffiliated third party.


         SECTION 5. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

                  (a)   If at any time while unexercised Options are
         outstanding hereunder, there shall be any increase or decrease in the
         number of issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock through the
         declaration of a stock dividend or through any recapitalization
         resulting in a stock split-up, combination or exchange of shares,
         then and in such event proportionate adjustment shall be made in the
         number of Shares and the exercise price per Share thereof then
         subject to this Option, so that the same proportion of the Company's
         issued and outstanding shares shall remain subject to purchase at the
         same aggregate exercise price.

                                      3

<PAGE>

                  (b)   Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the
         issuance by the Company of shares of its capital stock of any class,
         or securities convertible into shares of capital stock of any class,
         either in connection with direct sale or upon the exercise of rights
         or warrants to subscribe therefor, or upon conversion of shares or
         obligations of the Company convertible into such shares or other
         securities, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof
         shall be made with respect to the number of or exercise price of
         Shares then subject to this Option.

                  (c)   Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the
         existence of this Option shall not affect in any manner the right or
         power of the Company to make, authorize or consummate (i) any or all
         adjustments, recapitalizations, reorganizations or other changes in
         the Company's capital structure or its business; (ii) any merger or
         consolidation of the Company; (iii) any issue by the Company of debt
         securities, or preferred or preference stock that would rank above the
         Shares subject to this Option; (iv) the dissolution or liquidation of
         the Company; (v) any sale, transfer or assignment of all or any part
         of the assets or business of the Company; or (vi) any other corporate
         act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.

         SECTION 6. NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTION. This Option may be
transferred or assigned by the Optionee only to family members, trusts or
other entities for the benefit of the Optionee or for the benefit of the
Optionee's family members, by will or by the laws of descent and distribution
or by the laws regulating testate or intestate succession applicable to the
Optionee.

         SECTION 7. ISSUANCE OF SHARES. No person shall be, or have any rights
or privileges of, a stockholder of the Company with respect to any of the
Shares subject to this Option unless and until certificates representing such
Shares have been issued and delivered to such person. As a condition of an
issuance of a stock certificate for Shares, the Company may obtain such
agreements or undertakings, if any, as it may deem necessary or advisable to
assure compliance with any provision of this Option Agreement or any law or
regulation, including, but not limited to, the following:

                  (a)   The Optionee's representation and warranty to the
         Company, at the time the Option is exercised, that the Shares to be
         issued are being acquired for investment and not with a view to, or
         for sale in connection with, the distribution of any such Shares; and

                  (b)   the Optionee's representation, warranty or agreement to
         be bound by any legends that are, in the opinion of the Company,
         necessary or appropriate to comply with the provisions of any
         securities law deemed by the Company to be applicable to the issuance
         of the Shares and to be endorsed upon the certificates representing
         the Shares.

                                      4

<PAGE>

         SECTION 8. ADMINISTRATION OF THIS OPTION.

                  (a)   The determinations and the interpretation and
         construction of any provision of this Option by the Company shall be
         final and conclusive.

                  (b)   Subject to the express provisions of this Option, the
         Company shall have the authority, in its sole and absolute discretion,
         to adopt, amend, and rescind administrative and interpretive rules and
         regulations relating to this Option and to perform all other acts
         necessary or advisable for administering this Option, including the
         delegation of such ministerial acts and responsibilities as the
         Company deems appropriate.

         SECTION 9. GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS. The granting and exercise of this
Option and the obligation of the Company to sell and deliver Shares under this
Option, shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to
such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges
as may be required.

         SECTION 10. LAW GOVERNING. THIS OPTION IS INTENDED TO BE PERFORMED IN
THE STATE OF DELAWARE AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF SUCH STATE EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT DELAWARE LAW IS
PREEMPTED BY FEDERAL LAW.

         SECTION 11. NOTICES. Whenever any notice is required or permitted
under this Option Agreement, such notice must be in writing and personally
delivered or sent by mail or delivery by a recognized courier service. Any
notice required or permitted to be delivered under this Option Agreement shall
be deemed to be delivered on the date on which it is personally delivered, or,
if mailed, whether actually received or not, on the third business day after
it is deposited in the mail, certified or registered, postage prepaid,
addressed to the person who is to receive it at the address that such person
has previously specified by written notice delivered in accordance with this
subsection. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Cancellation Notice shall also
be sent to Optionee by facsimile transmission reasonably promptly after the
original of the Cancellation Notice is otherwise sent to the Optionee. The
Company or the Optionee may change, at any time and from time to time, by
written notice to the other, an address, that was previously specified for
receiving notices. Until changed in accordance with this Option Agreement, the
Company and the Optionee shall specify as its or his address for receiving
notices the address set forth in this Option Agreement pertaining to the
Shares to which such notice relates.

                                      5

<PAGE>


         SECTION 12. MISCELLANEOUS.

                  (a)   The Company has full corporate authority to grant this
         Option, and this Option is granted to the Optionee in implementation
         of the Consulting Agreement describing such Option and is in addition
         to any other stock option plans of the Company or other benefits with
         respect to the Optionee's position with or relationship to the
         Company or its subsidiaries. This Option shall not confer upon the
         Optionee the right to continue as an employee, consultant or advisor,
         or interfere in any way with the rights of the Company to terminate
         the Optionee's status as an employee, consultant or advisor.

                  (b)   The members of the Board shall not be liable for any
         act, omission or determination taken or made in good faith with
         respect to this Option, and members of the Board shall, in addition
         to all other rights of indemnification and reimbursement, be entitled
         to indemnification and reimbursement by the Company in respect of any
         claim, loss, damage, liability or expense (including attorneys' fees,
         the costs of settling any suit, provided such settlement is approved
         by independent legal counsel selected by the Company, and amounts
         paid in satisfaction of a judgment, except a judgment based on a
         finding of bad faith) arising from such claim, loss, damage,
         liability or expense to the full extent permitted by law and under
         any directors' and officers' liability or similar insurance coverage
         that may from time to time be in effect.

                  (c)   Any issuance or transfer of Shares to the Optionee, or
         to the Optionee's legal representative, heir, legatee, or
         distributee, in accordance with the provisions of this Option, shall,
         to the extent thereof, be in full satisfaction of all claims of such
         persons under this Option. The Company may require the Optionee, or
         any legal representative, heir, legatee or distributee as a condition
         precedent to such payment or issuance or transfer of Shares, to
         execute a release and receipt for such payment or issuance or
         transfer of Shares in such form as it shall determine.

                  (d)   Neither the Board nor the Company guarantees Shares
         from loss or depreciation.

                  (e)   All expenses incident to the administration,
         termination, or protection of this Option, including, but not limited
         to, legal and accounting fees, shall be paid by the Company;
         provided, however, the Company may recover any and all damages, fees,
         expenses and costs arising out of any actions taken by the Company to
         enforce its rights under this Option.

                  (f)   Records of the Company shall be conclusive for all
         purposes under this Option, unless determined by the Board to be
         incorrect.

                  (g)   Any action required of the Company relating to this
         Option shall be by resolution of the Board or by a person authorized
         to act by resolution of the Board.

                                      6

<PAGE>

                  (h)   If any provision of this Option is held to be illegal
         or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not
         affect the remaining provisions of this Option, but such provision
         shall be fully severable, and this Option shall be construed and
         enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had never been
         included in this Option.

                  (i)   Any person entitled to notice under this Option may
         waive such notice.

                  (j)   This Option shall be binding upon the Optionee, his
         legal representatives, heirs, legatees and distributees upon the
         Company, its successors, and assigns, and upon the Board and its
         successors.

                  (k)   The titles and headings of Sections are included for
         convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in
         construction of this Option's provisions.

                  (l)   Words used in the masculine shall apply to the feminine
         where applicable, and wherever the context of this Option dictates,
         the plural shall be read as the singular and the singular as the
         plural.



DATE OF GRANT:                          AUTHORISZOR INC.

NOVEMBER 1, 1999
                                        By:
                                           ------------------------------------
                                           Robert P. Jeffcock, President

ADDRESS:

Windsor House
Cornwall Road
Harrogate, North Yorkshire
United Kingdom
HG1 2PW




                                      7

<PAGE>

         Optionee hereby accepts this Option subject to all the terms and
provisions of this Option Agreement.



                                        By:
                                           ------------------------------------
                                           RAYMOND G H SEITZ


ADDRESS:

10 Pembridge Place
London
W2 4XB
Facsimile number:
                  ---------------






                                      8

<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT 21

                        SUBSIDIARIES OF AUTHORISZOR INC.

         The following is a list of all subsidiaries of Authoriszor Inc., the
state or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of each, and the
names under which such subsidiaries do business:

         1.    Authoriszor Holdings Ltd., a company incorporated under the
               laws of the United Kingdom, is a wholly owned subsidiary of
               Authoriszor Inc.

         2.    Authoriszor Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of
               the United Kingdom, is a wholly owned subsidiary of
               Authoriszor Holdings Ltd.


<PAGE>

                                                                   Exhibit 23.1

                         CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS



We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to the
use of our report dated March 5, 1999 accompanying the consolidated financial
statements of Toucan Gold Corporation as of December 31, 1997 and 1998, and
each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1998, included in
this Registration Statement on Form S-1, and the related Prospectus of
Authoriszor Inc.

                                                  GRANT THORNTON LLP





Dallas, Texas
March 17, 2000



<PAGE>

                                                                    Exhibit 23.2

                         CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS



We consent to the reference to our firm under the captions "Experts" and
"Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and to the use of our report dated
November 10, 1999 accompanying the consolidated financial statements of
Authoriszor Inc. included in this Registration Statement on Form S-1, and the
related Prospectus.


GRANT THORNTON

Leeds, England
March 17, 2000


<PAGE>

                                                                    Exhibit 23.3

We have issued our report dated 16 December 1999, except for the information
presented in Note 19 for which the date is 14 March 2000, accompanying the
financial statements and schedules of WRDC Limited contained in the
Registration Statement and Prospectus of Authoriszor Inc. We consent to the
use of the aforementioned financial statements in the Registration Statement
and Prospectus, and to the use of our name as it appears under the caption
"Experts."

Yours faithfully,



Brown Butler & Co (manually signed)

Leeds
England
17 March 2000


<PAGE>

                                                                    Exhibit 23.4

I have issued my reports dated May 28, 1999 and April 28, 1998, accompanying the
financial statements and schedules of WRDC Limited contained in the Registration
Statement and Prospectus of Authoriszor Inc. I consent to the use of the
aforementioned reports in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, and to the
use of our name as it appears under the caption "Experts."

Marcus Phillips (manually signed)

Leeds, England
March 17, 2000



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission